summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/16611-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:49:16 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 04:49:16 -0700
commit16d1a4cf902c9fd8b20b4733a7071d42a92a0a04 (patch)
tree9599b1b07f895e96a47caebe09ac0c42f86281e1 /16611-h
initial commit of ebook 16611HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '16611-h')
-rw-r--r--16611-h/16611-h.htm7014
-rw-r--r--16611-h/images/anson-01.jpgbin0 -> 138672 bytes
-rw-r--r--16611-h/images/anson-02.jpgbin0 -> 83526 bytes
3 files changed, 7014 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/16611-h/16611-h.htm b/16611-h/16611-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c7f18a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16611-h/16611-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7014 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content=
+"text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+body {background: #ffffcc; margin: 10% 15% 10% 15%; text-align:justify}
+/* top margin 1em,
+right margin 2em,
+bottom margin 3em,
+left margin 4em */
+
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {color:green; text-align:center}
+blockquote {font-size: .9em}
+p.poem {text-align:center}
+
+p.external {font-weight: bold}
+-->
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Anson's Voyage Round the World, by Richard Walter
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Anson's Voyage Round the World
+ The Text Reduced
+
+Author: Richard Walter
+
+Commentator: H. W. Household
+
+Release Date: August 28, 2005 [EBook #16611]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Amy Zelmer and Sue Asscher
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<p><a name="home"></a></p>
+<br />
+
+
+<h2>ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.</h2>
+
+<h4>THE TEXT REDUCED.</h4>
+
+<h3>WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES AND GLOSSARY</h3>
+
+<h4>BY</h4>
+
+<h3>H.W. HOUSEHOLD, M.A.</h3>
+
+<h4>FORMERLY ASSISTANT MASTER AT CLIFTON COLLEGE.</h4>
+
+<p align="center"><b>RIVINGTONS<br>
+34, KING STREET, COVENT GARDEN,<br>
+LONDON.</b></p>
+
+<p align="center"><b>1901.</b></p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<p><a name="anson-maps"></a></p>
+
+<center>
+<p><img alt="" src="images/anson-01.jpg"></p>
+
+<p>MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA.</p>
+</center>
+
+<center>
+<p><img alt="" src="images/anson-02.jpg"></p>
+
+<p>MAP OF THE CHINA SEA.</p>
+</center>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<p><b>CONTENTS.</b></p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-intro">INTRODUCTION BY THE EDITOR.</a></p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-01">CHAPTER 1.</a><br>
+PURPOSE OF THE VOYAGE. COMPOSITION OF THE SQUADRON. ARRIVAL AT
+MADEIRA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-02">CHAPTER 2.</a><br>
+SPANISH PREPARATIONS. FATE OF PIZARRO'S SQUADRON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-03">CHAPTER 3.</a><br>
+FROM MADEIRA TO ST. CATHERINE'S. UNHEALTHINESS OF THE
+SQUADRON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-04">CHAPTER 4.</a><br>
+THE COMMODORE'S INSTRUCTIONS. BAD WEATHER. NARROW ESCAPE OF THE
+PEARL. ST JULIAN.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-05">CHAPTER 5.</a><br>
+FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS. TIERRA DEL FUEGO. THE STRAITS OF LE
+MAIRE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-06">CHAPTER 6.</a><br>
+HEAVY GALES. A LONG BATTLE WITH WIND AND SEA. THE CENTURION LOSES
+HER CONSORTS.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-07">CHAPTER 7.</a><br>
+OUTBREAK OF SCURVY. DANGER OF SHIPWRECK.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-08">CHAPTER 8.</a><br>
+ARRIVAL AT JUAN FERNANDEZ. THE TRIAL REJOINS.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-09">CHAPTER 9.</a><br>
+THE SICK LANDED. ALEXANDER SELKIRK. SEALS AND SEA-LIONS.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-10">CHAPTER 10.</a><br>
+REAPPEARANCE OF THE GLOUCESTER. DISTRESS ON BOARD. HER EFFORTS TO
+ENTER THE BAY.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-11">CHAPTER 11.</a><br>
+TRACES OF SPANISH CRUISERS. ARRIVAL OF THE ANNA PINK.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-12">CHAPTER 12.</a><br>
+THE WRECK OF THE WAGER. A MUTINY.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-13">CHAPTER 13.</a><br>
+THE WRECK OF THE WAGER (CONTINUED). THE ADVENTURES OF THE
+CAPTAIN'S PARTY.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-14">CHAPTER 14.</a><br>
+THE LOSSES FROM SCURVY. STATE AND PROSPECTS OF THE
+SQUADRON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-15">CHAPTER 15.</a><br>
+A PRIZE. SPANISH PREPARATIONS. A NARROW ESCAPE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-16">CHAPTER 16.</a><br>
+THE COMMODORE'S PLANS. ANOTHER PRIZE. THE TRIAL DESTROYED.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-17">CHAPTER 17.</a><br>
+MORE CAPTURES. ALARM OF THE COAST. PAITA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-18">CHAPTER 18.</a><br>
+THE ATTACK ON PAITA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-19">CHAPTER 19.</a><br>
+THE ATTACK ON PAITA (CONTINUED). KIND TREATMENT AND RELEASE OF
+THE PRISONERS. THEIR GRATITUDE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-20">CHAPTER 20.</a><br>
+A CLEVER TRICK. WATERING AT QUIBO. CATCHING THE TURTLE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-21">CHAPTER 21.</a><br>
+DELAY AND DISAPPOINTMENT. CHASING A HEATH FIRE. ACAPULCO. THE
+MANILA GALLEON. FRESH HOPES.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-22">CHAPTER 22.</a><br>
+THE MANILA TRADE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-23">CHAPTER 23.</a><br>
+WAITING FOR THE GALLEON. DISAPPOINTMENT. CHEQUETAN.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-24">CHAPTER 24.</a><br>
+THE PRIZES SCUTTLED. NEWS OF THE SQUADRON REACHES ENGLAND. BOUND
+FOR CHINA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-25">CHAPTER 25.</a><br>
+DELAYS AND ACCIDENTS. SCURVY AGAIN. A LEAK. THE GLOUCESTER
+ABANDONED.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-26">CHAPTER 26.</a><br>
+THE LADRONES SIGHTED. TINIAN.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-27">CHAPTER 27.</a><br>
+LANDING THE SICK. CENTURION DRIVEN TO SEA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-28">CHAPTER 28.</a><br>
+ANSON CHEERS HIS MEN. PLANS FOR ESCAPE. RETURN OF THE
+CENTURION.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-29">CHAPTER 29.</a><br>
+THE CENTURION AGAIN DRIVEN TO SEA. HER RETURN. DEPARTURE FROM
+TINIAN.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-30">CHAPTER 30.</a><br>
+CHINESE FISHING FLEETS. ARRIVAL AT MACAO.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-31">CHAPTER 31.</a><br>
+MACAO. INTERVIEW WITH THE GOVERNOR. A VISIT TO CANTON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-32">CHAPTER 32.</a><br>
+A LETTER TO THE VICEROY. A CHINESE MANDARIN. THE CENTURION IS
+REFITTED AND PUTS TO SEA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-33">CHAPTER 33.</a><br>
+WAITING FOR THE MANILA GALLEON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-34">CHAPTER 34.</a><br>
+THE CAPTURE OF THE GALLEON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-35">CHAPTER 35.</a><br>
+SECURING THE PRISONERS. MACAO AGAIN. AMOUNT OF THE TREASURE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-36">CHAPTER 36.</a><br>
+THE CANTON RIVER. NEGOTIATING WITH THE CHINESE. PRISONERS
+RELEASED.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-37">CHAPTER 37.</a><br>
+CHINESE TRICKERY.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-38">CHAPTER 38.</a><br>
+PREPARATIONS FOR A VISIT TO CANTON.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-39">CHAPTER 39.</a><br>
+STORES AND PROVISIONS. A FIRE IN CANTON. SAILORS AS FIREMEN. THE
+VICEROY'S GRATITUDE.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-40">CHAPTER 40.</a><br>
+ANSON RECEIVED BY THE VICEROY. CENTURION SETS SAIL. TABLE BAY.
+SPITHEAD.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-maps">MAPS.</a><br>
+1. MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA.<br>
+2. MAP OF THE CHINA SEA.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#anson-glossary">GLOSSARY.</a></p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<p><a name="anson-intro"></a></p>
+
+<h2>INTRODUCTION.</h2>
+
+<p>It was in the reign of Elizabeth that England first became the
+enemy of Spain. Rivals as yet Spain had none, whether in Europe
+or beyond the seas. There was only one great military monarchy
+in Europe, only one great colonising power in the New World, and
+that was Spain. While England was still slowly recovering from
+the prostration consequent upon the Wars of the Roses, and nearly
+a century had to run before she established her earliest colony
+in Newfoundland, the enterprise and disciplined courage of the
+Spaniards had added an enormous empire across the Atlantic to the
+already great dominions of the Spanish crown. In 1520 Magellan,
+whose ship was the first to circumnavigate the globe, pushed his
+way into the Pacific and reached the Philippines. In 1521 Cortez
+completed the conquest of Mexico. Pizarro in 1532 added Peru, and
+shortly afterwards Chile to the Spanish Empire.</p>
+
+<p>From the gold mines of Chile and the silver mines of Peru a
+wealth of bullion hitherto undreamed of poured into the
+treasuries of Spain. But no treasuries, however full, could meet
+the demands of Phillip II. His fanatical ambition had thought to
+dominate Europe and root out the newly reformed religion which
+had already established itself in the greater part of the north
+and west, and nowhere more firmly than among his subjects in the
+Netherlands and among the English. England for years he had
+seemed to hold in the hollow of his hand. The Dutch, at the
+beginning of their great struggle for freedom, appeared even to
+themselves to be embarking upon a hopeless task. Yet from their
+desperate struggle England and Holland rose up two mighty nations
+full of genius for commerce and for war, while Spain had already
+advanced far along that path of decline which led rapidly to the
+extinction of her preeminence in Europe and the loss of her
+colonies beyond the seas.</p>
+
+<p>By the daring genius of Drake and the great English seamen of
+the age of Elizabeth the field of operations was transferred from
+the Channel to the American coast. The sack of Spanish towns and
+the spoil of treasure ships enriched the adventurers, whose
+methods were closely akin to piracy, and who rarely paused to ask
+whether the two countries were formally at war. "No peace beyond
+the line" was a rule of action that scarcely served to cloak
+successful piracy. In Spanish eyes it was, not without reason,
+wholly unjustifiable.</p>
+
+<p>The colonial policy of Spain was calculated to raise up
+everywhere a host of enemies. In her mistaken anxiety to keep all
+the wealth of her colonies to herself she prohibited the rest of
+the world from engaging in trade with them. Only with her might
+they buy and sell. The result was that a great smuggling trade
+sprang up. No watchfulness could defeat the daring and ingenuity
+of the English, Dutch, and French sailors who frequented the
+Caribbean Sea. No threats could prevent the colonists from
+attempting to buy and sell in the market that paid them best. The
+ferocious vengeance of the Spaniards, which in some cases almost
+exterminated the population of their own colonies, converted the
+traders into the Buccaneers, an association of sailors of all
+nations who established themselves in one of the islands of the
+Caribbean Sea, and who for three-quarters of a century were the
+scourge of the Spanish trade and dominions. Their cruelty was as
+remarkable as their skill and daring. They spared neither man,
+nor woman, nor child. Even half a century after their association
+had been broken up the memory of their inhuman barbarity was so
+vivid that no Spanish prisoner ever mounted Anson's deck without
+a lively dread, which was only equalled by the general surprise
+at his kindly and courteous treatment. The sight of an English
+sailor woke terror in every heart.</p>
+
+<p>At last, in 1713, by the Treaty of Utrecht, that closed the
+famous War of the Spanish Succession, in which Marlborough gained
+his wonderful victories, Spain consented to resign her claim to a
+monopoly of trade with her colonies so far as to permit one
+English ship a year to visit the American coasts. But the
+concession was unavailing. It granted too little to satisfy the
+traders. The one ship was sent, but as soon as her cargo had been
+cleared she was reloaded from others which lay in the offing, and
+the Spanish colonists, only too glad to enrich themselves,
+actively connived at the irregularity. The Spanish cruisers
+endeavoured to enforce respect for the treaty. They claimed, not
+without justice, to search English vessels seen in American
+waters and to confiscate forbidden cargoes. English pride
+rebelled, and English sailors resisted. Violent affrays took
+place. The story of Jenkins' ear kindled a wild, unreasoning
+blaze of popular resentment, and by 1739 the two countries were
+on the verge of war. In the temper of the English people Walpole
+dared not admit the Spanish right of search, and he was compelled
+by popular feeling to begin a war for which he was not prepared,
+in a cause in which he did not believe.</p>
+
+<p>It was at this point that Anson's expedition was fitted
+out.</p>
+
+<p>George Anson was born in 1697. He came of a lawyer stock in
+Staffordshire. In 1712 he entered the navy as a volunteer on
+board the Ruby. His promotion was rapid, owing partly to his own
+merit, partly to the influence of his relations. By 1724 he was
+captain of the Scarborough frigate, and was sent out to South
+Carolina to protect the coast and the trading ships against
+pirates, and also against the Spanish cruisers, which were
+already exercising that right of searching English vessels that
+finally provoked the war of 1739. There he remained till 1730. He
+was again on the same station from 1732 to 1735. In 1737 he was
+appointed to the Centurion, a small ship of the line carrying
+sixty guns, and was sent first to the West Coast of Africa and
+then to the West Indies. In 1739 he was recalled to conduct the
+expedition which has made his name so famous.</p>
+
+<p>In the account of that voyage, which his Chaplain, Mr. Walter,
+wrote under his supervision, everything is told so
+straightforwardly, and seems so reasonable and simple, that one
+is apt to underestimate the difficulties which he had to face,
+and the courage and skill which alone enabled him to overcome
+them. Seldom has an undertaking been more remorselessly dogged by
+an adverse fate than that of Anson. Seldom have plain common
+sense, professional knowledge, and unflinching resolution
+achieved a more memorable triumph.</p>
+
+<p>On his return from the great voyage he was promoted
+rear-admiral, and in 1746 he was given command of the Channel
+fleet. In 1747 he engaged and utterly overwhelmed an inferior
+French fleet, captured several vessels, and took treasure
+amounting to 300,000 pounds. For this achievement he was made a
+peer. In 1751 he became First Lord of the Admiralty, and to his
+untiring efforts in the preparation of squadrons and the training
+of seamen is due some part, at any rate, of the glory won by
+English sailors during the famous days of Pitt's great ministry.
+He died in 1762.</p>
+
+<p>No finer testimony to his skill in choosing and in training
+his subordinates can be found than in the list of men who served
+under him in the Centurion and afterwards rose to fame. "In the
+whole history of our Navy," it has been said, "there is not
+another instance of so many juniors from one ship rising to
+distinction, men like Saunders, Suamarez, Peircy Brett, Keppel,
+Hyde Parker, John Campbell."</p>
+
+<p>He was a man who had a thorough knowledge of his profession.
+No details were beneath him. His preparations were always
+thorough and admirably adapted to the purpose in view. Always
+cool, wary, resourceful, and brave, he was ready to do the right
+thing, whether he had to capture a town, delude his enemies,
+cheer his disheartened crew, or frustrate the wiliness of a
+Chinese viceroy.</p>
+
+<p>Though without anything of the heroic genius of a Nelson, he
+is still one of the finest of those great sailors who have done
+so much for England; one of whom she will ever be proud, and one
+whose life and deeds will always afford an example for posterity
+to follow.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<h1>ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD.</h1>
+
+<a name="anson-01"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 1.<br>
+PURPOSE OF THE VOYAGE.--COMPOSITION OF THE
+SQUADRON--MADEIRA.</h2>
+
+<p>THE SQUADRON SAILS.</p>
+
+<p>When, in the latter end of the summer of the year 1739, it was
+foreseen that a war with Spain was inevitable, it was the opinion
+of several considerable persons, then trusted with the
+administration of affairs, that the most prudent step the nation
+could take, on the breaking out of the war, was attacking that
+Crown in her distant settlements. It was from the first
+determined that George Anson, Esquire, then captain of the
+"Centurion", should be employed as commander-in-chief of an
+expedition of this kind. The squadron, under Mr. Anson, was
+intended to pass round Cape Horn into the South Seas, and there
+to range along the coast, cruising upon the enemy in those parts,
+and attempting their settlements. On the 28th of June, 1740, the
+Duke of Newcastle, Principal Secretary of State, delivered to him
+His Majesty's instructions. On the receipt of these, Mr. Anson
+immediately repaired to Spithead, with a resolution to sail with
+the first fair wind, flattering himself that all his delays were
+now at an end. For though he knew by the musters that his
+squadron wanted 300 seamen of their complement, yet as Sir
+Charles Wager* informed him that an order from the Board of
+Admiralty was despatched to Sir John Norris to spare him the
+numbers which he wanted, he doubted not of his complying
+therewith. But on his arrival at Portsmouth he found himself
+greatly mistaken and disappointed in this persuasion, for Admiral
+Balchen, who succeeded to the command at Spithead after Sir John
+Norris had sailed to the westward, instead of 300 able sailors,
+which Mr. Anson wanted of his complement, ordered on board the
+squadron 170 men only, of which 32 were from the hospital and
+sick quarters, 37 from the Salisbury, with officers of Colonel
+Lowther's regiment, and 98 marines; and these were all that were
+ever granted to make up the forementioned deficiency.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Sir Charles Wager was at that time First Lord
+of the Admiralty in Walpole's Ministry.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>But the Commodore's mortification did not end here. It was at
+first intended that Colonel Bland's regiment, and three
+independent companies of 100 men each, should embark as land
+forces on board the squadron. But this disposition was now
+changed, and all the land forces that were to be allowed were 500
+invalids, to be collected from the out-pensioners of Chelsea
+College.* As these out-pensioners consist of soldiers, who, from
+their age, wounds, or other infirmities, are incapable of service
+in marching regiments, Mr. Anson was greatly chagrined at having
+such a decrepit detachment allotted to him; for he was fully
+persuaded that the greatest part of them would perish long before
+they arrived at the scene of action, since the delays he had
+already encountered necessarily confined his passage round Cape
+Horn to the most vigorous season of the year.** They were ordered
+on board the squadron on the 5th of August; but instead of 500
+there came on board no more than 259; for all those who had limbs
+and strength to walk out of Portsmouth deserted, leaving behind
+them only such as were literally invalids, most of them being
+sixty years of age, and some of them upwards of seventy.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. A local name for Chelsea Hospital, a home for
+old and disabled soldiers. It was founded by Charles II and the
+buildings were designed by Wren.)</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>(**Note. The squadron did not reach the neighbourhood
+of Cape Horn until March when the autumn of the Southern
+Hemisphere had begun and with it the stormy season.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>To supply the place of the 240 invalids which had deserted
+there were ordered on board 210 marines detached from different
+regiments. These were raw and undisciplined men, for they were
+just raised, and had scarcely anything more of the soldier than
+their regimentals, none of them having been so far trained as to
+be permitted to fire. The last detachment of these marines came
+on board the 8th of August, and on the 10th the squadron sailed
+from Spithead to St. Helens, there to wait for a wind to proceed
+on the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>But the diminishing the strength of the squadron was not the
+greatest inconvenience which attended these alterations, for the
+contests, representations, and difficulties which they
+continually produced occasioned a delay and waste of time which
+in its consequences was the source of all the disasters to which
+this enterprise was afterwards exposed. For by this means we were
+obliged to make our passage round Cape Horn in the most
+tempestuous season of the year, whence proceeded the separation
+of our squadron, the loss of numbers of our men, and the imminent
+hazard of our total destruction. And by this delay, too, the
+enemy had been so well informed of our designs that a person who
+had been employed in the South Sea Company's* service, and
+arrived from Panama three or four days before we left Portsmouth,
+was able to relate to Mr. Anson most of the particulars of the
+destination and strength of our squadron from what he had learned
+among the Spaniards before he left them. And this was afterwards
+confirmed by a more extraordinary circumstance; for we shall find
+that when the Spaniards (fully satisfied that our expedition was
+intended for the South Seas) had fitted out a squadron to oppose
+us, which had so far got the start of us as to arrive before us
+off the island of Madeira, the Commander of this squadron was so
+well instructed in the form and make of Mr. Anson's broad
+pennant, and had imitated it so exactly that he thereby decoyed
+the "Pearl", one of our squadron, within gunshot of him before
+the captain of the Pearl was able to discover his mistake.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The South Sea Company was formed in 1711 on
+the model of the East India Company to trade in the Pacific; and
+on the conclusion of the Treaty of Utrecht it was given the
+monopoly of the English trade with the Spanish coasts of America.
+The grant of certain privileges by Government led to wild
+speculation in its shares which gave rise to the famous South Sea
+Bubble of 1720.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the 18th of September, 1740, the squadron weighed from St.
+Helens with a contrary wind. It consisted of five men-of-war, a
+sloop-of-war, and two victualling ships. They were the Centurion,
+of 60 guns, 400 men, George Anson, Esquire, commander; the
+"Gloucester", of 50 guns, 300 men, Richard Norris, commander; the
+"Severn", of 50 guns, 300 men, the Honourable Edward Legg,
+commander; the Pearl, of 40 guns, 250 men, Matthew Mitchel,
+commander; the "Wager", of 28 guns, 160 men, Dandy Kidd,
+commander; and the "Trial", sloop, of 8 guns, 100 men, the
+Honourable John Murray, commander. The two victuallers were
+pinks, the largest about 400 and the other about 200 tons
+burthen; these were to attend us till the provisions we had taken
+on board were so far consumed as to make room for the additional
+quantity they carried with them, which when we had taken into our
+ships they were to be discharged. Besides the complement of men
+borne by the above-mentioned ships as their crews, there were
+embarked on board the squadron about 470 invalids and marines,
+under the denomination of land forces, which were commanded by
+Lieutenant-Colonel Cracherode.</p>
+
+<p>The winds were so contrary that we had the mortification to be
+forty days in our passage from St. Helens to the island of
+Madeira, though it is known to be often done in ten or twelve.
+However, at last, on Monday, October the 25th, at five in the
+morning, we, to our great joy, made the land, and in the
+afternoon came to an anchor in Madeira Road.</p>
+
+<p>We continued about a week at this island, watering our ships
+and providing the squadron with wine and other refreshments.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. Anson visited the Governor of Madeira* he received
+information from him that for three or four days in the latter
+end of October there had appeared, to the westward of that
+island, seven or eight ships of the line. The Governor assured
+the Commodore, upon his honour, that none upon the island had
+either given them intelligence or had in any sort communicated
+with them, but that he believed them to be either French or
+Spanish, but was rather inclined to think them Spanish. On this
+intelligence Mr. Anson sent an officer in a clean sloop eight
+leagues to the westward to reconnoitre them, and, if possible, to
+discover what they were. But the officer returned without being
+able to get a sight of them, so that we still remained in
+uncertainty. However, we could not but conjecture that this fleet
+was intended to put a stop to our expedition. Afterwards, in the
+course of our expedition, we were many of us persuaded that this
+was the Spanish squadron commanded by Don Joseph Pizarro, which
+was sent out purposely to traverse the views and enterprises of
+our squadron, to which in strength they were greatly
+superior.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Madeira then as now belonged to Portugal--a
+neutral power at that time usually jealous of
+Spain.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-02"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 2.<br>
+SPANISH PREPARATIONS--FATE OF PIZARRO'S SQUADRON.</h2>
+
+<p>DON JOSEPH PIZARRO.</p>
+
+<p>When the squadron fitted out by the Court of Spain to attend
+our motions had cruised for some days to the leeward of Madeira
+they left that station in the beginning of November and steered
+for the River of Plate, where they arrived the 5th of January,
+Old Style,* and coming to an anchor in the bay of Maldonado at
+the mouth of that river their admiral, Pizarro, sent immediately
+to Buenos Ayres for a supply of provisions for they had departed
+from Spain with only four months' provisions on board. While they
+lay here expecting this supply they received intelligence by the
+treachery of the Portuguese Governor of St. Catherine's, of Mr.
+Anson's having arrived at that island on the 21st of December
+preceding, and of his preparing to put to sea again with the
+utmost expedition. Pizarro, notwithstanding his superior force,
+had his reasons (and as some say, his orders likewise) for
+avoiding our squadron anywhere short of the South Seas. He was
+besides extremely desirous of getting round Cape Horn before us,
+as he imagined that step alone would effectually baffle all our
+designs, and therefore, on hearing that we were in his
+neighbourhood** and that we should soon be ready to proceed for
+Cape Horn he weighed anchor*** after a stay of seventeen days
+only and got under sail without his provisions, which arrived at
+Maldonado within a day or two after his departure. But
+notwithstanding the precipitation with which he departed we put
+to sea from St. Catherine's four days before him and in some part
+of our passage to Cape Horn the two squadrons were so near
+together that the Pearl, one of our ships, being separated from
+the rest, fell in with the Spanish fleet, and mistaking the Asia
+for the Centurion had got within gunshot of Pizarro before she
+discovered her error, and narrowly escaped being taken.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The calendar as regulated by Julius Caesar in
+46 BC assumed the length of the solar year to be exactly 365 1/2
+days, whereas it is eleven minutes and a few with seconds less.
+By 1582 the error had become considerable for the calendar was
+ten days behind the sun. Pope Gregory XIII therefore ordained
+that ten days in that year should be dropped and October 5th
+reckoned as October 15th. In order to avoid error in the future
+it was settled that three of the leap years that occur in 400
+years should be considered common years. So 1600 was and 2000
+will be a leap year but 1700, 1800 and 1900 were not. The New
+Style (NS.) was adopted by Catholic countries. Protestant
+countries as a rule rejected it and adhered to the old Style
+(OS.). The result was a considerable confusion in dates as will
+be plain in the course of the book. The New Style was adopted by
+England in 1751, when eleven days had to be omitted, and
+September 3rd was reckoned as September 14th. Ignorant people
+thought that they were defrauded of eleven days wages. "Give us
+back our eleven days" became a popular cry against the Minister
+of the time. Russia and other countries under the Greek Church
+still adhere to the old Style and are now thirteen days
+behind.)</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>(**Note. Anson's squadron was then at St. Catherine's
+in Brazil. See below, Chapter 3.)</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote>(***Note. The Spanish squadron when it sailed from
+Maldonado consisted of the following ships: "Asia", 66 guns, flag
+ship; "Guipuscoa", 74; "Hermiona", 54; "Esperanza", 50; "St.
+Estevan", 40. The Asia was the only ship that ever returned to
+Spain.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>Pizarro with his squadron having, towards the latter end of
+February, run the length of Cape Horn, he then stood to the
+westward in order to double it; but in the night of the last day
+of February, OS. while, with this view, they were turned to
+windward the Guipuscoa, the Hermiona, and the Esperanza were
+separated from the Admiral. On the 6th of March following the
+Guipuscoa was separated from the other two, and on the 7th (being
+the day after we had passed straits le Maire) there came on a
+most furious storm at north-west, which, in despite of all their
+efforts, drove the whole squadron to the eastward, and obliged
+them, after several fruitless attempts, to bear away for the
+River of Plate, where Pizarro in the Asia arrived about the
+middle of May and a few days after him the Esperanza and the St.
+Estevan. The Hermiona was supposed to founder at sea for she was
+never heard of more and the Guipuscoa was run ashore and sunk on
+the coast of Brazil. The calamities of all kinds which this
+squadron underwentin this unsuccessful navigation can only be
+paralleled by what we ourselves experienced in the same climate
+when buffeted by the same storms. There was indeed some diversity
+in our distresses which rendered it difficult to decide whose
+situation was most worthy of commiseration; for to all the
+misfortunes we had in common with each other as shattered
+rigging, leaky ships, and the fatigues and despondency which
+necessarily attend these disasters, there was superadded on board
+our squadron the ravage of a most destructive and incurable
+disease* and on board the Spanish squadron the devastation of
+famine.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Scurvy.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>FAMINE.</p>
+
+<p>For this squadron departed from Spain as has been already
+observed with no more than four months' provision and even that,
+as it is said, at short allowance only, so that, when by the
+storms they met with off Cape Horn their continuance at sea was
+prolonged a month or more beyond their expectation they were
+thereby reduced to such infinite distress that rats, when they
+could be caught, were sold for four dollars a piece and a sailor
+who died on board had his death concealed for some days by his
+brother who during that time lay in the same hammock with the
+corpse only to receive the dead man's allowance of
+provisions.</p>
+
+<p>By the complicated distress of fatigue, sickness, and hunger,
+the three ships which escaped lost the greatest part of their
+men. The Asia, their Admiral's ship, arrived at Monte Video in
+the River of Plate with half her crew only; the St. Estevan had
+lost in like manner half her hands when she anchored in the Bay
+of Barragan. The Esperanza, a 50-gun ship, was still more
+unfortunate, for of 450 hands which she brought from Spain only
+55 remained alive.</p>
+
+<p>By removing the masts of the Esperanza into the Asia, and
+making use of what spare masts and yards they had on board, they
+made a shift to refit the Asia and the St. Estevan, and in the
+October following Pizarro was preparing to put to sea with these
+two ships in order to attempt the passage round Cape Horn a
+second time, but the St. Estevan, in coming down the River of
+Plate, ran on a shoal and beat off her rudder, on which, and
+other damages she received, she was condemned and broke up, and
+Pizarro in the Asia proceeded to sea without her. Having now the
+summer before him and the winds favourable, no doubt was made of
+his having a fortunate and speedy passage; but being off Cape
+Horn and going right before the wind in very moderate weather,
+though in a swelling sea by some misconduct of the officer of the
+watch the ship rolled away her masts and was a second time
+obliged to put back to the River of Plate in great distress.</p>
+
+<p>The Asia having considerably suffered in this second
+unfortunate expedition the Esperanza which had been left behind
+at Monte Video, was ordered to be refitted, the command of her
+being given to Mindinuetta, who was captain of the Guipuscoa when
+she was lost. He, in the November of the succeeding year that is,
+in November, 1742, sailed from the River of Plate for the South
+Seas and arrived safe on the coast of Chile where his Commodore,
+Pizarro, passing overland from Buenos Ayres met him. There were
+great animosities and contests between these two gentlemen at
+their meeting occasioned principally by the claim of Pizarro to
+command the Esperanza, which Mindinuetta had brought round, for
+Mindinuetta refused to deliver her up to him, insisting that as
+he came into the South Seas alone, and under no superior, it was
+not now in the power of Pizarro to resume that authority which he
+had once parted with. However the President of Chile interposing,
+and declaring for Pizarro, Mindinuetta after a long and obstinate
+struggle, was obliged to submit.</p>
+
+<p>But Pizarro had not yet completed the series of his
+adventures, for when he and Mindinuetta came back by land from
+Chile to Buenos Ayres in the year 1745 they found at Monte Video
+the Asia, which near three years before they had left there. This
+ship they resolved, if possible, to carry to Europe, and with
+this view they refitted her in the best manner they could; but
+their great difficulty was to procure a sufficient number of
+hands to navigate her, for all the remaining sailors of the
+squadron to be met with in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres did
+not amount to a hundred men. They endeavoured to supply this
+defect by pressing many of the inhabitants of Buenos Ayres, and
+putting on board besides all the English prisoners then in their
+custody, together with a number of Portuguese smugglers whom they
+had taken at different times, and some of the Indians of the
+country. Among these last there was a chief and ten of his
+followers who had been surprised by a party of Spanish soldiers
+about three months before. The name of this chief was Orellana;
+he belonged to a very powerful tribe which had committed great
+ravages in the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres. With this motley
+crew (all of them except the European Spaniards extremely averse
+to the voyage) Pizarro set sail from Monte Video, in the River of
+Plate about the beginning of November, 1745, and the native
+Spaniards, being no strangers to the dissatisfaction of their
+forced men treated both the English prisoners and the Indians
+with great insolence and barbarity, but more particularly the
+Indians; for it was common for the meanest officers in the ship
+to beat them most cruelly on the slightest pretences, and often
+times only to exert their superiority. Orellana and his
+followers, though in appearance sufficiently patient and
+submissive, meditated a severe revenge for all these
+inhumanities. Having agreed on the measures necessary to be
+taken, they first furnished themselves with Dutch knives sharp at
+the point, which, being the common knives used in the ship, they
+found no difficulty in procuring. Besides this they employed
+their leisure in secretly cutting out thongs from raw hides, of
+which there were great numbers on board, and in fixing to each
+end of these thongs the double-headed shot of the small
+quarter-deck guns; this, when swung round their heads according
+to the practice of their country was a most mischievous weapon*
+in the use of which the Indians about Buenos Ayres are trained
+from their infancy, and consequently are extremely expert.</p>
+
+<p>SPANISH CRUELTY.</p>
+
+<p>These particulars being in good forwardness, the execution of
+their scheme was perhaps precipitated by a particular outrage
+committed on Orellana himself; for one of the officers, who was a
+very brutal fellow, ordered Orellana aloft, which being what he
+was incapable of performing, the officer, under pretence of his
+disobedience, beat him with such violence that he left him
+bleeding on the deck and stupefied for some time with his bruises
+and wounds. This usage undoubtedly heightened his thirst for
+revenge, and made him eager and impatient till the means of
+executing it were in his power, so that within a day or two after
+this incident he and his followers opened their desperate
+resolves in the ensuing manner.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. It is called a bola.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>A DARING ADVENTURE.</p>
+
+<p>It was about nine in the evening, when many of the principal
+officers were on the quarter-deck indulging in the freshness of
+the night air; the waist of the ship was filled with live cattle,
+and the forecastle was manned with its customary watch. Orellana
+and his companions under cover of the night, having prepared
+their weapons and thrown off their trousers and the more cumbrous
+part of their dress, came altogether on the quarter-deck and drew
+towards the door of the great cabin. The boatswain immediately
+reprimanded them and ordered them to be gone. On this Orellana
+spoke to his followers in his native language when four of them
+drew off, two towards each gangway, and the chief and the six
+remaining Indians seemed to be slowly quitting the quarter-deck.
+When the detached Indians had taken possession of the gangways,
+Orellana placed his hands hollow to his mouth and bellowed out
+the war-cry used by those savages, which is said to be the
+harshest and most terrifying sound known in nature. This hideous
+yell was the signal for beginning the massacre, for on this the
+Indians all drew their knives and brandished their prepared
+double-headed shot, and the six, with their chief, who remained
+on the quarter-deck, immediately fell on the Spaniards who were
+intermingled with them, and laid near forty of them at their
+feet, of whom above twenty were killed on the spot, and the rest
+disabled. Many of the officers, in the beginning of the tumult,
+pushed into the great cabin, where they put out the lights and
+barricaded the door. And of the others, who had avoided the first
+fury of the Indians, some endeavoured to escape along the
+gangways into the forecastle, but the Indians placed there on
+purpose stabbed the greatest part of them as they attempted to
+pass by, or forced them off the gangways into the waist. Others
+threw themselves voluntarily over the barricades into the waist,
+and thought themselves happy to lie concealed amongst the cattle;
+but the greatest part escaped up the main-shrouds and sheltered
+themselves either in the tops or rigging; and though the Indians
+attacked only the quarter-deck, yet the watch in the forecastle,
+finding their communication cut off, and being terrified by the
+wounds of the few who, not being killed on the spot, had strength
+sufficient to force their passage along the gangways, and not
+knowing either who their enemies were or what were their numbers,
+they likewise gave all over for lost, and in great confusion ran
+up into the rigging of the foremast and bowsprit.</p>
+
+<p>Thus these eleven Indians, with a resolution perhaps without
+example, possessed themselves almost in an instant of the
+quarter-deck of a ship mounting sixty-six guns, with a crew of
+nearly five hundred men, and continued in peaceable possession of
+this post a considerable time; for the officers in the great
+cabin (amongst whom were Pizarro and Mindinuetta), the crew
+between decks, and those who had escaped into the tops and
+rigging, were only anxious for their own safety, and were for a
+long time incapable of forming any project for suppressing the
+insurrection and recovering the possession of the ship. It is
+true, the yells of the Indians, the groans of the wounded and the
+confused clamours of the crew, all heightened by the obscurity of
+the night, had at first greatly magnified their danger, and had
+filled them with the imaginary terrors which darkness, disorder,
+and an ignorance of the real strength of an enemy never fail to
+produce. For as the Spaniards were sensible of the disaffection
+of their pressed hands, and were also conscious of their
+barbarity to their prisoners, they imagined the conspiracy was
+general, and considered their own destruction as infallible; so
+that, it is said, some of them had once taken the resolution of
+leaping into the sea, but were prevented by their companions.</p>
+
+<p>However, when the Indians had entirely cleared the
+quarter-deck, the tumult in a great measure subsided; for those
+who had escaped were kept silent by their fears, and the Indians
+were incapable of pursuing them to renew the disorder. Orellana,
+when he saw himself master of the quarter-deck, broke open the
+arm chest, which, on a slight suspicion of mutiny, had been
+ordered there a few days before, as to a place of the greatest
+security. Here, he took it for granted, he should find cutlasses
+sufficient for himself and his companions, in the use of which
+weapon they were all extremely skilful, and with these, it was
+imagined, they proposed to have forced the great cabin; but on
+opening the chest there appeared nothing but firearms, which to
+them were of no use. There were indeed cutlasses in the chest,
+but they were hid by the firearms being laid over them. This was
+a sensible disappointment to them, and by this time Pizarro and
+his companions in the great cabin were capable of conversing
+aloud, through the cabin windows and port-holes, with those in
+the gun-room and between decks; and from hence they learned that
+the English (whom they principally suspected) were all safe
+below, and had not intermeddled in this mutiny; and by other
+particulars they at last discovered that none were concerned in
+it but Orellana and his people. On this Pizarro and the officers
+resolved to attack them on the quarter-deck, before any of the
+discontented on board should so far recover their first surprise
+as to reflect on the facility and certainty of seizing the ship
+by a junction with the Indians in the present emergency. With
+this view Pizarro got together what arms were in the cabin, and
+distributed them to those who were with him; but there were no
+other firearms to be met with but pistols, and for these they had
+neither powder nor ball. However, having now settled a
+correspondence with the gun room, they lowered down a bucket out
+of the cabin window, into which the gunner, out of one of the
+gun-room ports, put a quantity of pistol cartridges. When they
+had thus procured ammunition, and had loaded their pistols, they
+set the cabin door partly open, and fired some shot amongst the
+Indians on the quarter-deck, at first without effect. But at last
+Mindinuetta had the good fortune to shoot Orellana dead on the
+spot; on which his faithful companions, abandoning all thoughts
+of further resistance, instantly leaped into the sea, where they
+every man perished. Thus was this insurrection quelled, and the
+possession of the quarter-deck regained, after it had been full
+two hours in the power of this great and daring chief and his
+gallant and unhappy countrymen.</p>
+
+<p>Pizarro, having escaped this imminent peril, steered for
+Europe, and arrived safe on the coast of Galicia* in the
+beginning of the year 1746, after having been absent between four
+and five years.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Galicia is the north-western province of
+Spain.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-03"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 3.<br>
+FROM MADEIRA TO ST. CATHERINE'S--UNHEALTHINESS OF THE
+SQUADRON.</h2>
+
+<p>On the 3rd of November we weighed from Madeira.</p>
+
+<p>On the 20th the captains of the squadron represented to the
+Commodore that their ships' companies were very sickly, and that
+it was their own opinion as well as their surgeons' that it would
+tend to the preservation of the men to let in more air between
+decks; but that their ships were so deep they could not possibly
+open their lower ports. On this representation the Commodore
+ordered six air-scuttles to be cut in each ship, in such places
+where they would least weaken it.</p>
+
+<p>We crossed the Equinoctial, with a fine fresh gale at
+south-east on Friday, the 28th of November, at four in the
+morning, being then in the longitude of 27 degrees 59 minutes
+west from London.</p>
+
+<p>On the 12th of December we spoke with a Portuguese brigantine
+from Rio de Janeiro, who informed us that we were sixty-four
+leagues from Cape St. Thomas, and forty leagues from Cape
+Frio.</p>
+
+<p>DISEASE.</p>
+
+<p>We now began to grow impatient for a sight of land, both for
+the recovery of our sick and for the refreshment and security of
+those who as yet continued healthier. When we departed from St.
+Helens, we were in so good a condition that we lost but two men
+on board the Centurion in our long passage to Madeira. But in
+this present run between Madeira and St. Catherine's we had been
+very sickly, so that many died, and great numbers were confined
+to their hammocks, both in our own ship and in the rest of the
+squadron; and several of these past all hopes of recovery. By our
+continuance at sea all our complaints were every day increasing,
+so that it was with great joy that we discovered the coast of
+Brazil on the 18th of December, at seven in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>We moored at the island of St. Catherine's on Sunday, the 21st
+of December, the whole squadron being sickly and in great want of
+refreshments: both which inconveniences we hoped to have soon
+removed at this settlement, celebrated by former navigators for
+its healthiness and its provisions, and for the freedom,
+indulgence, and friendly assistance there given to the ships of
+all European nations in amity with the Crown of Portugal.</p>
+
+<p>Our first care, after having moored our ships, was to send our
+sick men on shore. We sent about eighty sick from the Centurion,
+and the other ships I believe, sent nearly as many in proportion
+to the number of their hands. As soon as we had performed this
+necessary duty, we scraped our decks, and gave our ship a
+thorough cleansing; then smoked it between decks, and after all
+washed every part well with vinegar. Our next employment was
+wooding and watering our squadron, caulking our ships' sides and
+decks, overhauling our rigging, and securing our masts against
+the tempestuous weather we were, in all probability, to meet with
+in our passage round Cape Horn in so advanced and inconvenient a
+season.</p>
+
+<p>In order to render the ships stiffer, and to enable them to
+carry more sail abroad, and to prevent their labouring in hard
+gales of wind, each captain had orders given him to strike down
+some of their great guns into the hold. These precautions being
+complied with, and each ship having taken in as much wood and
+water as there was room for, the whole squadron was ready for the
+sea; on which the tents on shore were struck, and all the sick
+were received on board. And here we had a melancholy proof how
+much the healthiness of this place had been overrated by former
+writers, for we found that though the Centurion alone had buried
+no less than twenty-eight men since our arrival, yet the number
+of our sick was in the same interval increased from eighty to
+ninety-six.</p>
+
+<p>And now our crews being embarked, and everything prepared for
+our departure, the Commodore made a signal for all captains, and
+delivered them their orders, containing the successive places of
+rendezvous from hence to the coast of China. And then on the next
+day, being the 18th of January, 1741, the signal was made for
+weighing, and the squadron put to sea. <a name=
+"anson-04"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 4.<br>
+THE COMMODORE'S INSTRUCTIONS--BAD WEATHER--NARROW ESCAPE OF THE
+PEARL--ST JULIAN.</h2>
+
+<p>THE LAST AMICABLE PORT.</p>
+
+<p>In leaving St. Catherine's, we left the last amicable port we
+proposed to touch at, and were now proceeding to a hostile, or at
+best a desert and inhospitable coast. And as we were to expect a
+more boisterous climate to the southward than any we had yet
+experienced, not only our danger of separation would by this
+means be much greater than it had been hitherto, but other
+accidents of a more pernicious nature were likewise to be
+apprehended, and as much as possible to be provided against. And
+therefore Mr. Anson, in appointing the various stations at which
+the ships of the squadron were to rendezvous, had considered that
+it was possible his own ship might be disabled from getting round
+Cape Horn, or might be lost; and had given proper directions that
+even in that case the expedition should not be abandoned. For the
+orders delivered to the captains the day before we sailed for St.
+Catherine's were that in case of separation--which they were with
+the utmost care to endeavour to avoid--the first place of
+rendezvous should be the Bay of Port St. Julian. If after a stay
+there of ten days, they were not joined by the Commodore, they
+were then to proceed through Straits le Maire round Cape Horn
+into the South Seas, where the next place of rendezvous was to be
+the island of Nuestra Senora del Socoro.* They were to bring this
+island to bear east-north-east, and to cruise from five to twelve
+leagues' distance from it, as long as their store of wood and
+water would permit, both which they were to expend with the
+utmost frugality. And when they were under an absolute necessity
+of a fresh supply, they were to stand in, and endeavour to find
+out an anchoring-place; and in case they could not, and the
+weather made it dangerous to supply their ships by standing off
+and on, they were then to make the best of their way to the
+island of Juan Fernandez. And as soon as they had recruited their
+wood and water, they were to continue cruising off the
+anchoring-place of that island for fifty-six days, in which time,
+if they were not joined by the Commodore, they might conclude
+that some accident had befallen him; and they were forthwith to
+put themselves under the command of the senior officer, who was
+to use his utmost endeavours to annoy the enemy both by sea and
+land. With these views their new Commodore was to continue in
+those seas as long as his provisions lasted, or as long as they
+were recruited by what he should take from the enemy, reserving
+only a sufficient quantity to carry him and the ships under his
+command to Macao at the entrance of the River Tigris, near
+Canton, on the coast of China, where, having supplied himself
+with a new stock of provisions he was thence without delay to
+make the best of his way to England.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Nuestra Senora del Socoro is one of the
+smaller outer islands of the Chonos Archipelago on the western
+coast of Patagonia.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>The next day we had very squally weather, attended with rain,
+lightning, and thunder; but it soon became fair again, with light
+breezes, and continued thus till Wednesday evening, when it blew
+fresh again; and increasing all night, by eight the next morning
+it became a most violent storm, and we had with it so thick a fog
+that it was impossible to see at the distance of two ships'
+lengths, so that the whole squadron disappeared.* On this a
+signal was made by firing guns, to bring to with the larboard
+tacks, the wind being then due east. We ourselves lay to under a
+reefed mizzen till noon, when the fog dispersed; and we soon
+discovered all the ships of the squadron, except the Pearl, which
+did not join us till near a month afterwards. The Trial sloop was
+a great way to leeward, having lost her mainmast in this squall,
+and having been obliged, for fear of bilging, to cut away the
+wreck. We bore down with the squadron to her relief, and the
+Gloucester was ordered to take her in tow, for the weather did
+not entirely abate until the day after, and even then a great
+swell continued from the eastward in consequence of the preceding
+storm.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. i.e. from the sight of those on board the
+Centurion.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>A RUSE DE GUERRE.</p>
+
+<p>On the 17th of February at five in the afternoon, we came to
+an anchor in the latitude of 48 degrees 58 minutes. Weighing
+again at five the next morning, we an hour afterwards discovered
+a sail upon which the Severn and Gloucester were both directed to
+give chase; but we soon perceived it to be the Pearl, which
+separated from us a few days after we left St. Catherine's; and
+on this we made a signal for the Severn to rejoin the squadron,
+leaving the Gloucester alone in the pursuit. And now we were
+surprised to see that, on the Gloucester's approach, the people
+on board the Pearl increased their sail and stood from her.
+However, the Gloucester came up with them, but found them with
+their hammocks in their nettings and everything ready for an
+engagement. At two in the afternoon the Pearl joined us, and
+running up under our stern, Lieutenant Salt hailed the Commodore,
+and acquainted him that Captain Kidd* died on the 31st of
+January. He likewise informed him that he had seen five large
+ships on the 10th instant, which he for some time imagined to be
+our squadron; that he suffered the commanding ship, which wore a
+red broad pennant exactly resembling that of the Commodore, at
+the main top-mast head, to come within gun-shot of him before he
+discovered his mistake; but then, finding it not to be the
+Centurion, he hauled close upon the wind, and crowded from them
+with all his sail, and standing across a rippling, where they
+hesitated to follow him, he happily escaped. He made them out to
+be five Spanish men-of-war, one of them exceedingly like the
+Gloucester, which was the occasion of his apprehensions when the
+Gloucester chased him. By their appearance he thought they
+consisted of two ships of 70 guns, two of 50, and one of 40 guns.
+The whole squadron continued in chase of him all that day, but at
+night, finding they could not get near him, they gave over the
+chase, and directed their course to the southward.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Captain Mitchel commanded the Pearl when the
+squadron started; but Captain Norris of the Gloucester had gone
+home sick from Madeira and several changes had taken place in the
+commands. The death of Captain Kidd caused fresh promotions.
+Captain Mitchel now commanded the Gloucester and Captain Murray
+the Pearl; while Lieutenants Cheap and Saunders had been promoted
+captains of the Wager and Trial.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>And now, had it not been for the necessity we were under of
+refitting the Trial, this piece of intelligence would have
+prevented our making any stay at St. Julian; but as it was
+impossible for that sloop to proceed round the Cape in the
+present condition, some stay there was inevitable; and,
+therefore, we sent the two cutters belonging to the Centurion and
+Severn in shore to discover the harbour of St. Julian, while the
+ships kept standing along the coast at about the distance of a
+league from the land. At six o'clock we anchored in the Bay of
+St. Julian. Soon after the cutters returned on board, having
+discovered the harbour, which did not appear to us in our
+situation, the northernmost point shutting in upon the
+southernmost, and in appearance closing the entrance.</p>
+
+<p>Being come to an anchor in this Bay of St. Julian, principally
+with a view of refitting the Trial, the carpenters were
+immediately employed in that business, and continued so during
+our whole stay at the place. Here the Commodore, too, in order to
+ease the expedition of all unnecessary expense, held a
+consultation with his captains about unloading and discharging
+the Anna pink;* but they represented to him that they were so far
+from being in a condition of taking any part of her loading on
+board that they had still great quantities of provisions in the
+way of their guns between decks, and that their ships were withal
+so very deep that they were not fit for action without being
+cleared. This put the Commodore under the necessity of retaining
+the pink in the service; and as it was apprehended we should
+certainly meet with the Spanish squadron in passing the Cape, Mr.
+Anson thought it advisable to give orders to the captains to put
+all their provisions which were in the way of their guns on board
+the Anna pink, and to remount such of their guns as had formerly
+for the ease of their ships been ordered into the hold.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The Industry pink had been unloaded and
+discharged on November 19th.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-05"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 5.<br>
+FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS--TIERRA DEL FUEGO--THE STRAITS OF LE
+MAIRE.</h2>
+
+<p>A COUNCIL OF WAR.</p>
+
+<p>The Trial being nearly refitted, which was our principal
+occupation at this Bay of St. Julian, and the sole occasion of
+our stay, the Commodore thought it necessary, as we were now
+directly bound for the South Seas and the enemy's coasts, to
+regulate the plan of his future operations. And therefore, on the
+24th of February, a signal was made for all captains, and a
+council of war was held on board the Centurion. At this council
+Mr. Anson proposed that their first attempt, after their arrival
+in the South Seas, should be the attack of the town and harbour
+of Baldivia, the principal frontier place of the district of
+Chile. To this proposition made by the Commodore the council
+unanimously and readily agreed; and in consequence of this
+resolution instructions were given to the captains of the
+squadron, by which they were directed in case of separation to
+make the best of their way to the island of Nuestra Senora del
+Socoro, and to cruise off that island ten days; from whence, if
+not joined by the Commodore, they were to proceed and cruise off
+the harbour of Baldivia, making the land between the latitudes of
+40 degrees and 40 degrees 30 minutes, and taking care to keep to
+the southward of the port; and if in fourteen days they were not
+joined by the rest of the squadron, they were then to quit this
+station, and to direct their course to the island of Juan
+Fernandez, after which they were to regulate their further
+proceedings by their former orders. And as separation of the
+squadron might prove of the utmost prejudice to His Majesty's
+service, each captain was ordered to give it in charge to the
+respective officers of the watch not to keep their ship at a
+greater distance from the Centurion than two miles, as they would
+answer it at their peril; and if any captain should find his ship
+beyond the distance specified, he was to acquaint the Commodore
+with the name of the officer who had thus neglected his duty.</p>
+
+<p>These necessary regulations being established, and the Trial
+sloop completed, the squadron weighed on Friday, the 27th of
+February, at seven in the morning, and stood to sea.</p>
+
+<p>From our departure from St. Julian to the 4th of March we had
+little wind, with thick, hazy weather and some rain. On the 4th
+of March we were in sight of Cape Virgin Mary,* and not more than
+six or seven leagues distant from it. The afternoon of this day
+was very bright and clear, with small breezes of wind, inclinable
+to a calm; and most of the captains took the opportunity of this
+favourable weather to pay a visit to the Commodore.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Cape de las Virgenes, the south-eastern
+extremity of Patagonia at the entrance to the straits of
+Magellan.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>We here found, what was constantly verified by all our
+observations in these high latitudes,* that fair weather was
+always of an exceeding short duration, and that when it was
+remarkably fine it was a certain presage of a succeeding storm;
+for the calm and sunshine of our afternoon ended in a most
+turbulent night, the wind freshening from the south-west as the
+night came on, and increasing its violence continually till nine
+in the morning the next day, when it blew so hard that we were
+obliged to bring to with the squadron, and to continue under a
+reefed mizzen till eleven at night. Towards midnight, the wind
+abating, we made sail again; and steering south, we discovered in
+the morning for the first time the land called Tierra del Fuego.
+This indeed afforded us but a very uncomfortable prospect, it
+appearing of a stupendous height, covered everywhere with snow.
+As we intended to pass through Straits le Maire next day, we lay
+to at night that we might not over shoot them, and took this
+opportunity to prepare ourselves for the tempestuous climate we
+were soon to be engaged in; with which view we employed ourselves
+good part of the night in bending an entire new suit of sails to
+the yards. At four the next morning, being the 7th of March, we
+made sail, and at eight saw the land, and soon after we began to
+open the Straits.</p>
+
+<p>THE EVE OF DISASTER.</p>
+
+<p>About ten o'clock, the Pearl and the Trial being ordered to
+keep ahead of the squadron, we entered them with fair weather and
+a brisk gale, and were hurried through by the rapidity of the
+tide in about two hours, though they are between seven and eight
+leagues in length. As these Straits are often considered as the
+boundary between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and as we
+presumed we had nothing now before us but an open sea till we
+arrived on those opulent coasts where all our hopes and wishes
+centred, we could not help flattering ourselves that the greatest
+difficulty of our passage was now at an end, and that our most
+sanguine dreams were upon the point of being realised, and hence
+we indulged our imaginations in those romantic schemes which the
+fancied possession of the Chilean gold and Peruvian silver might
+be conceived to inspire. These joyous ideas were heightened by
+the brightness of the sky and the serenity of the weather, which
+was indeed most remarkably pleasing; for though the winter was
+now advancing apace, yet the morning of this day, in its
+brilliancy and mildness, gave place to none we had seen since our
+departure from England. Thus animated by these delusions, we
+traversed these memorable Straits, ignorant of the dreadful
+calamities that were then impending, and just ready to break upon
+us; ignorant that the time drew near when the squadron would be
+separated never to unite again, and that this day of our passage
+was the last cheerful day that the greatest part of us would ever
+live to enjoy.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The Equator is the zero (0 degrees) of
+latitude. The latitude becomes higher as one proceeds to the
+poles (90 degrees).)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-06"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 6.<br>
+HEAVY GALES--A LONG BATTLE WITH WIND AND SEA--THE CENTURION LOSES
+HER CONSORTS.</h2>
+
+<p>We had scarcely reached the southern extremity of the straits
+of le Maire, when our flattering hopes were instantly lost in the
+apprehensions of immediate destruction. For before the sternmost
+ships of the squadron were clear of the Straits, the serenity of
+the sky was suddenly changed, and gave us all the presages of an
+impending storm; and immediately the wind shifted to the
+southward, and blew in such violent squalls that we were obliged
+to hand our topsails and reef our mainsail. The tide, too, which
+had hitherto favoured us, now turned against us and drove us to
+the eastward with prodigious rapidity, so that we were in great
+anxiety for the Wager and the Anna pink, the two sternmost
+vessels, fearing they would be dashed to pieces against the shore
+of Staten Land. Nor were our apprehensions without foundation,
+for it was with the utmost difficulty they escaped. And now the
+whole squadron, instead of pursuing their intended course to the
+south-west, were driven to the eastward by the united force of
+the storm and of the currents; so that next day in the morning we
+found ourselves near seven leagues to the eastward of Staten
+Land. The violence of the current, which had set us with so much
+precipitation to the eastward, together with the force and
+constancy of the westerly winds, soon taught us to consider the
+doubling of Cape Horn as an enterprise that might prove too
+mighty for our efforts, though some amongst us had lately treated
+the difficulties which former voyagers were said to have met with
+in this undertaking as little better than chimerical, and had
+supposed them to arise rather from timidity and unskilfulness
+than from the real embarrassments of the winds and seas. But we
+were severely convinced that these censures were rash and
+ill-grounded, for the distresses with which we struggled during
+the three succeeding months will not easily be paralleled in the
+relation of any former naval expedition.</p>
+
+<p>From the storm which came on before we had well got clear of
+Straits le Maire, we had a continual succession of such
+tempestuous weather as surprised the oldest and most experienced
+mariners on board, and obliged them to confess that what they had
+hitherto called storms were inconsiderable gales compared with
+the violence of these winds, which raised such short and at the
+same time such mountainous waves as greatly surpassed in danger
+all seas known in any other part of the globe. And it was not
+without great reason that this unusual appearance filled us with
+continual terror, for had any one of these waves broke fairly
+over us, it must in all probability have sent us to the
+bottom.</p>
+
+<p>SEAS MOUNTAINS HIGH.</p>
+
+<p>It was on the 7th of March, as has been already observed, that
+we passed Straits le Maire, and were immediately afterwards
+driven to the eastward by a violent storm and the force of the
+current which set that way. For the four or five succeeding days
+we had hard gales of wind from the same quarter, with a most
+prodigious swell; so that though we stood, during all that time,
+towards the south-west, yet we had no reason to imagine we had
+made any way to the westward. In this interval we had frequent
+squalls of rain and snow, and shipped great quantities of water;
+after which for three or four days, though the seas ran mountains
+high, yet the weather was rather more moderate. But on the 18th
+we had again strong gales of wind with extreme cold. From hence
+to the 23rd the weather was more favourable, though often
+intermixed with rain and sleet, and some hard gales; but as the
+waves did not subside, the ship, by labouring in this lofty sea,
+was now grown so loose in her upper works that she let in the
+water at every seam; so that every part within board was
+constantly exposed to the sea-water, and scarcely any of the
+officers ever lay in dry beds. Indeed, it was very rare that two
+nights ever passed without many of them being driven from their
+beds by the deluge of water that came upon them.</p>
+
+<p>On the 23rd we had a most violent storm of wind, hail, and
+rain, with a very great sea; and though we handed the
+main-topsail before the height of the squall, yet we found the
+yard sprung; and soon after, the foot-rope of the mainsail
+breaking, the mainsail itself split instantly to rags, and in
+spite of our endeavours to save it, much the greater part of it
+was blown overboard. On this the Commodore made the signal for
+the squadron to bring to; and, the storm at length flattening to
+a calm, we had an opportunity of getting down our main-topsail
+yard to put the carpenters at work upon it, and of repairing our
+rigging; after which, having bent a new mainsail, we got under
+sail again with a moderate breeze. But in less than twenty-four
+hours we were attacked by another storm still more furious than
+the former; for it proved a perfect hurricane, and reduced us to
+the necessity of lying to under our bare poles.</p>
+
+<p>As our ship kept the wind better any of the rest, we were
+obliged in the afternoon to wear ship, in order to join the
+squadron to the leeward, which otherwise we should have been in
+danger of losing in the night; and as we dared not venture any
+sail abroad, we were obliged to make use of an expedient which
+answered our purpose; this was putting the helm a-weather and
+manning the fore-shrouds. But though this method proved
+successful for the end intended, yet in the execution of it one
+of our ablest seaman was canted overboard; and notwithstanding
+the prodigious agitation of the waves, we perceived that he swam
+very strong, and it was with the utmost concern that we found
+ourselves incapable of assisting him; and we were the more
+grieved at his unhappy fate, since we lost sight of him
+struggling with the waves, and conceived from the manner in which
+he swam that he might continue sensible for a considerable time
+longer of the horror attending his irretrievable situation.</p>
+
+<p>It was this incident that inspired Cowper's 'Castaway,' and
+called forth the touching verse given below--a verse so eloquent
+in its testimony to that gentler side of Anson's nature, which
+won for him the affection and regard not only of his own sailors,
+but even of his Spanish prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>Of this poor sailor, and of the page in the ship's books that
+bore his name, Cowper wrote:</p>
+
+<p>No poet wept him; but the page<br>
+Of narrative sincere,<br>
+That tells his name, his worth, his age,<br>
+Is wet with Anson's tear.<br>
+And tears by bards or heroes shed<br>
+Alike immortalise the dead.</p>
+
+<p>From hence we had an interval of three or four days less
+tempestuous than usual, but accompanied with a thick fog, in
+which we were obliged to fire guns almost every half-hour to keep
+our squadron together.</p>
+
+<p>On the first of April the weather returned again to its
+customary bias, the sky looked dark and gloomy, and the wind
+began to freshen and to blow in squalls; however, it was not yet
+so boisterous as to prevent our carrying our topsails close
+reefed; but its appearance was such as plainly prognosticated
+that a still severer tempest was at hand. And accordingly, on the
+3rd of April, there came on a storm which both in its violence
+and continuation (for it lasted three days) exceeded all that we
+had hitherto encountered. In its first onset we received a
+furious shock from the sea which broke upon our larboard quarter,
+where it stove in the quarter gallery, and rushed into the ship
+like a deluge; our rigging, too, suffered extremely, so that to
+ease the stress upon the masts and shrouds we lowered both our
+main and fore yards, and furled all our sails, and in this
+posture we lay to for three days, when, the storm somewhat
+abating, we ventured to make sail under our courses only. But
+even this we could not do long, for the next day, which was the
+7th, we had another hard gale of wind, with lightning and rain,
+which obliged us to lie to again all night.</p>
+
+<p>And now, after all our solicitude, and the numerous ills of
+every kind to which we had been incessantly exposed for near
+forty days, we had great consolation in the flattering hopes we
+entertained, that our fatigues were drawing to a period, and that
+we should soon arrive in a more hospitable climate, where we
+should be amply repaid for all our past sufferings. For, towards
+the latter end of March, we were advanced by our reckoning near
+10 degrees to the westward of the westernmost point of Tierra del
+Fuego, and this allowance being double what former navigators
+have thought necessary to be taken in order to compensate the
+drift of the eastern current, we esteemed ourselves to be well
+advanced within the limits of the southern ocean, and had
+therefore been ever since standing to the northward with as much
+expedition as the turbulence of the weather and our frequent
+disasters permitted. And, on the 13th of April, we were but a
+degree in latitude to the southward of the west entrance of the
+straits of Magellan, so that we fully expected, in a very few
+days, to have experienced the celebrated tranquillity of the
+Pacific Ocean.</p>
+
+<p>AN UNEXPECTED DANGER.</p>
+
+<p>But these were delusions which only served to render our
+disappointment more terrible; for the next morning, between one
+and two, as we were standing to the northward, and the weather,
+which had till then been hazy, accidentally cleared up, the pink
+made a signal for seeing land right ahead and it being but two
+miles distant, we were all under the most dreadful apprehensions
+of running on shore; which, had either the wind blown from its
+usual quarter with its wonted vigour, or had not the moon
+suddenly shone out, not a ship amongst us could possibly have
+avoided. But the wind, which some few hours before blew in
+squalls from the south-west, having fortunately shifted to
+west-north-west, we were enabled to stand to the southward, and
+to clear ourselves of this unexpected danger; so that by noon we
+had gained an offing of near twenty leagues.</p>
+
+<p>By the latitude of this land we fell in with, it was agreed to
+be a part of Tierra del Fuego, near the southern outlet of the
+Straits of Magellan. It was indeed most wonderful that the
+currents should have driven us to the eastward with such
+strength; for the whole squadron esteemed themselves upwards of
+ten degrees more westerly than this land. And now, instead of
+having our labours and anxieties relieved by approaching a warmer
+climate and more tranquil seas, we were to steer again to the
+southward, and again to combat those western blasts which had so
+often terrified us; and this, too, when we were weakened by our
+men falling sick and dying apace, and when our spirits, dejected
+by a long continuance at sea, and by our late disappointment,
+were much less capable of supporting us in the various
+difficulties which we could not but expect in this new
+undertaking. Add to all this, too, the discouragement we received
+by the diminution of the strength of the squadron; for three days
+before this we lost sight of the Severn and the Pearl in the
+morning; and though we spread our ships, and beat about for some
+time, yet we never saw them more; whence we had apprehensions
+that they too might have fallen in with this land in the night,
+and, being less favoured by the wind and the moon than we were,
+might have run on shore and have perished.</p>
+
+<p>After the mortifying disappointment of falling in with the
+coast of Tierra del Fuego, when we esteemed ourselves 10 degrees
+to the westward of it, we stood away to the south-west till the
+22nd of April, when we were in upwards of 60 degrees south, and
+by our account near 6 degrees to the westward of Cape Noir.* And
+in this run we had a series of as favourable weather as could
+well be expected in that part of the world, even in a better
+season; so that this interval, setting the inquietude of our
+thoughts aside, was by far the most eligible of any we enjoyed
+from Straits le Maire to the west coast of America. This moderate
+weather continued with little variation till the 24th; but on the
+24th in the evening the wind began to blow fresh, and soon
+increased to a prodigious storm; and the weather being extremely
+thick, about midnight we lost sight of the other ships of the
+squadron, which, notwithstanding the violence of the preceding
+storms, had hitherto kept in company with us.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Part of Tierra del Fuego near the southern
+outlet of the Straits of Magellan.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the 25th, about noon, the weather became more moderate, but
+still we had no sight of the rest of the squadron, nor indeed
+were we joined by any of them again till after our arrival at
+Juan Fernandez, nor did any two of them, as we have since
+learned, continue in company together.</p>
+
+<p>The remaining part of this month of April we had generally
+hard gales, although we had been every day since the 22nd edging
+to the northward. However, on the last day of the month we
+flattered ourselves with the hopes of soon terminating all our
+sufferings, for we that day found ourselves in the latitude of 52
+degrees 13 minutes, which, being to the northward of the Straits
+of Magellan we were assured that we had completed our passage,
+and had arrived in the confines of the Southern Ocean; and this
+ocean being nominated Pacific,* from the equability of the
+seasons which are said to prevail there, and the facility and
+security with which navigation is there carried on, we doubted
+not but we should be speedily cheered with the moderate gales,
+the smooth water, and the temperate air, for which that tract of
+the globe has been so renowned. And under the influence of these
+pleasing circumstances we hoped to experience some kind of
+compensation for the complicated miseries which had so constantly
+attended us for the last eight weeks. But here we were again
+disappointed; for in the succeeding month of May our sufferings
+rose to a much higher pitch than they had ever yet done, whether
+we consider the violence of the storms, the shattering of our
+sails and rigging, or the diminishing and weakening of our crew
+by deaths and sickness, and the probable prospect of our total
+destruction.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Peace-making. So named by Magellan from the
+fine weather he experienced there in 1520 and 1521. He was the
+first European to enter that ocean. The name was scarcely
+deserved.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-07"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 7.<br>
+OUTBREAK OF SCURVY*--DANGER OF SHIPWRECK.</h2>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. 'Scurvy.' The nature of the disease and the
+proper method of treatment were not fully understood in Anson's
+day. It is caused by improper diet and particularly by the want
+of fresh vegetables. Lemon and lime juice are the best
+protectives against it and they were made an essential element in
+nautical diet in 1795. The disease which used to cause dreadful
+mortality on long voyages has since that time gradually
+disappeared and is now very rarely met with.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>THE PACIFIC.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after our passing Straits le Maire the scurvy began to
+make its appearance amongst us; and our long continuance at sea,
+the fatigue we underwent, and the various disappointments we met
+with, had occasion its spreading to such a degree, that at the
+latter end of April there were but few on board who were not in
+some degree afflicted with it; and in that month no less than
+forty-three died of it on board the Centurion. But though we
+thought that the distemper had then risen to an extraordinary
+height, and were willing to hope that as we advanced to the
+northward its malignant would abate, yet we found, on the
+contrary, that in the month of May we lost nearly double that
+number. And as we did not get to land till the middle of June,
+the mortality went on increasing, and the disease extended itself
+so prodigiously that after the loss of above two hundred men we
+could not at last muster more than six foremast men in a watch
+capable of duty.</p>
+
+<p>This disease, so frequently attending all long voyages, and so
+particularly destructive to us, is usually attended with a
+strange dejection of the spirits, and with shiverings,
+tremblings, and a disposition to be seized with the most dreadful
+terrors on the slightest accident. Indeed, it was most
+remarkable, in all our reiterated experience of this malady, that
+whatever discouraged our people, or at any time damped their
+hopes, never failed to add new vigour to the distemper, for it
+usually killed those who were in the last stage of it, and
+confined those to their hammocks who were before capable of some
+kind of duty; so that it seemed as if alacrity of mind and
+sanguine thoughts were no contemptible preservatives from its
+fatal malignity.</p>
+
+<p>A most extraordinary circumstance, and what would be scarcely
+credible upon any single evidence, is, that the scars of wounds
+which had been for many years healed were forced open again by
+this virulent distemper. Of this there was a remarkable instance
+in one of the invalids on board the Centurion, who had been
+wounded above fifty years before at the battle of the Boyne;* for
+though he was cured soon after, and had continued well for a
+great number of years past, yet, on his being attacked by the
+scurvy, his wounds, in the progress of his disease, broke out
+afresh, and appeared as if they had never been healed. Nay, what
+is still more astonishing, the callous of a broken bone, which
+had been completely formed for a long time, was found to be
+hereby dissolved, and the fracture seemed as if it had never been
+consolidated. Indeed, the effects of this disease were in almost
+every instance wonderful; for many of our people, though confined
+to their hammocks, appeared to have no inconsiderable share of
+health, for they ate and drank heartily, were cheerful, and
+talked with much seeming vigour, and with a loud, strong tone of
+voice; and yet on their being the least moved, though it was only
+from one part of the ship to the other, and that in their
+hammocks, they have immediately expired; and others who have
+confided in their seeming strength, and have resolved to get out
+of their hammocks, have died before they could well reach the
+deck. And it was no uncommon thing for those who were able to
+walk the deck, and to do some kind of duty, to drop down dead in
+an instant, on any endeavours to act with their utmost vigour,
+many of our people having perished in this manner during the
+course of this voyage.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. William III defeated James II and his army of
+Irish and French troops July 12th, 1690.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>THE ISLAND OF SOCORO.</p>
+
+<p>With this terrible disease we struggled the greatest part of
+the time of our beating round Cape Horn. We entertained hopes
+that when we should have once secured our passage round the Cape,
+we should put a period to this and all the other evils which had
+so constantly pursued us. But it was our misfortune to find that
+the Pacific Ocean was to us less hospitable than the turbulent
+neighbourhood of Tierra del Fuego and Cape Horn; for being
+arrived, on the 8th of May, off the island of Socoro, which was
+the first rendezvous appointed for the squadron, and where we
+hoped to have met with some of our companions, we cruised for
+them in that station several days. And here we were not only
+disappointed in our hopes of being joined by our friends, and
+thereby induced to favour the gloomy suggestions of their having
+all perished, but we were likewise perpetually alarmed with the
+fears of being driven on shore upon this coast, which appeared
+too craggy and irregular to give us the least hopes that in such
+a case any of us could possibly escape immediate destruction. For
+the land had indeed a most tremendous aspect; the most distant
+part of it, and which appeared far within the country, being the
+mountains usually called the Andes or Cordilleras, was extremely
+high, and covered with snow; and the coast itself seemed quite
+rocky and barren, and the water's edge skirted with precipices.
+As we were utterly ignorant of the coast, had we been driven
+ashore by the western winds, which blew almost constantly there,
+we did not expect to have avoided the loss of our ship and of our
+lives.</p>
+
+<p>And this continued peril, which lasted for about a fortnight,
+was greatly aggravated by the difficulties we found in working
+the ship; as the scurvy had by this time destroyed so great a
+part of our hands, and had in some degree affected almost the
+whole crew. Nor did we, as we hoped, find the winds less violent
+as we advanced to the northward; for we had often prodigious
+squalls, which split our sails, greatly damaged our rigging, and
+endangered our masts. <a name="anson-08"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 8.<br>
+JUAN FERNANDEZ--THE TRIAL REJOINS.</h2>
+
+<p>THE SEARCH FOR JUAN FERNANDEZ.</p>
+
+<p>It were endless to recite minutely the various disasters,
+fatigues, and terrors which we encountered on this coast; all
+these went on increasing till the 22nd of May, at which time the
+fury of all the storms which we had hitherto encountered seemed
+to be combined, and to have conspired our destruction. In this
+hurricane almost all our sails were split, and great part of our
+standing rigging broken; and, about eight in the evening, a
+mountainous overgrown sea took us upon our starboard quarter, and
+gave us so prodigious a shock that several of our shrouds broke
+with the jerk, by which our masts were greatly endangered. Our
+ballast and stores, too, were so strangely shifted that the ship
+heeled afterwards two streaks to port. Indeed, it was a most
+tremendous blow, and we were thrown into the utmost consternation
+from the apprehension of instantly foundering. This was the last
+effort of that stormy climate, for in a day or two we found the
+weather more moderate than we had yet experienced since our
+passing Straits le Maire. And now having cruised in vain for more
+than a fortnight in quest of the other ships of the squadron, it
+was resolved to take advantage of the present favourable season
+and the offing we had made from this terrible coast, and to make
+the best of our way for the island of Juan Fernandez.* For though
+our next rendezvous was appointed off the harbour of Baldivia,
+yet as we had hitherto seen none of our companions at this first
+rendezvous, it was not to be supposed that any of them would be
+found at the second; indeed, we had the greatest reason to
+suspect that all but ourselves had perished. Besides, we were by
+this time reduced to so low a condition that, instead of
+attempting to attack the places of the enemy, our utmost hopes
+could only suggest to us the possibility of saving the ship, and
+some part of the remaining enfeebled crew, by our speedy arrival
+at Juan Fernandez; for this was the only road in that part of the
+world where there was any probability of our recovering our sick
+or refitting our vessel, and consequently our getting thither was
+the only chance we had left to avoid perishing at sea.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. 'Juan Fernandez.' This island which is 13
+miles long by 4 miles broad, now belongs to Chili. It was
+discovered in 1563 by Juan Fernandez. As it was unoccupied it was
+a favourite resort of the buccaneers throughout the seventeenth
+century, as well as of English squadrons despatched like those of
+Dampier and Anson, to prey on Spanish commerce, and needing to
+refit and water after the long voyage round Cape Horn. The
+Spaniards at last occupied it in 1750, in self-defence. It was
+here that Alexander Selkirk was put ashore in 1704.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>Our deplorable situation, then, allowing no room for
+deliberation, we stood for the island of Juan Fernandez. On the
+28th of May, being nearly in the parallel upon which it is laid
+down, we had great expectations of seeing it; but not finding it
+in the position in which the charts had taught us to expect it,
+we began to fear that we had got too far to the westward; and
+therefore, though the Commodore himself was strongly persuaded
+that he saw it on the morning of the 28th, yet his officers
+believing it to be only a cloud, to which opinion the haziness of
+the weather gave some kind of countenance, it was on a
+consultation resolved to stand to the eastward in the parallel of
+the island; as it was certain that by this course we should
+either fall in with the island, if we were already to the
+westward of it, or should at least make the mainland of Chili,
+whence we might take a new departure, and assure ourselves, by
+running to the westward afterwards, of not missing the island a
+second time.</p>
+
+<p>On the 30th of May we had a view of the continent of Chili,
+distant about twelve or thirteen leagues. It gave us great
+uneasiness to find that we had so needlessly altered our course
+when we were, in all probability, just upon the point of making
+the island; for the mortality amongst us was now increased to a
+most dreadful degree, and those who remained alive were utterly
+dispirited by this new disappointment and the prospect of their
+longer continuance at sea. Our water, too, began to grow scarce,
+so that a general dejection prevailed amongst us, which added
+much to the virulence of the disease, and destroyed numbers of
+our best men; and to all these calamities there was added this
+vexatious circumstance that when, after having got sight of the
+main, we tacked and stood to the westward in quest of the island,
+we were so much delayed by calms and contrary winds that it cost
+us nine days to regain the westing which, when we stood to the
+eastward, we ran down in two. In this desponding condition, with
+a crazy ship, a great scarcity of water, and a crew so
+universally diseased that there were not above ten foremast men
+in a watch capable of doing duty, and even some of these lame and
+unable to go aloft; under these disheartening circumstances, I
+say, we stood to the westward; and on the 9th of June, at
+daybreak, we at last discovered the long-wished-for island of
+Juan Fernandez.</p>
+
+<p>It appeared to be a mountainous place, extremely ragged and
+irregular; yet as it was land and, the land we sought for, it was
+to us a most agreeable sight. For at this place only we could
+hope to put a period to those terrible calamities we had so long
+struggled with, which had already swept away above half our crew,
+and which, had we continued a few days longer at sea, would
+inevitably have completed our destruction. For we were by this
+time reduced to so helpless a condition, that out of two hundred
+and odd men who remained alive, we could not, taking all our
+watches together, muster hands enough to work the ship on an
+emergency, though we included the officers, their servants, and
+the boys.</p>
+
+<p>The wind being northerly when we first made the island, we
+kept plying all that day and the next night, in order to get in
+with the land; and wearing the ship in the middle watch, we had a
+melancholy instance of the most incredible debility of our
+people; for the lieutenant could muster no more than two
+quarter-masters and six foremast men capable of working; so that
+without the assistance of the officers, servants, and boys, it
+might have proved impossible for us to have reached the island
+after we had got sight of it; and even with this assistance they
+were two hours in trimming the sails. To so wretched a condition
+was a 60-gun ship reduced, which had passed Straits le Maire but
+three months before, with between four hundred and five hundred
+men, almost all of them in health and vigour.</p>
+
+<p>EVEN GRASS A DAINTY.</p>
+
+<p>However, on the 10th, in the afternoon, we got under the lee
+of the island, and kept ranging along it at about two miles'
+distance, in order to look out for the proper anchorage, which
+was described to be in a bay on the north side. But at last the
+night closed upon us before we had satisfied ourselves which was
+the proper bay to anchor in, and therefore we resolved to send
+our boat next morning to discover the road. At four in the
+morning the cutter was despatched with our third lieutenant to
+find out the bay we were in search of, who returned again at noon
+with the boat laden with seals and grass; for though the island
+abounded with better vegetables, yet the boat's crew, in their
+short stay, had not met with them; and they well knew that even
+grass would prove a dainty, and, indeed, it was all soon and
+eagerly devoured. The seals, too, were considered as fresh
+provision, but as yet were not much admired, though they grew
+afterwards into more repute; for what rendered them less valuable
+at this juncture was the prodigious quantity of excellent fish
+which the people on board had taken during the absence of the
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>The cutter, in this expedition, had discovered the bay where
+we intended to anchor, which we found was to the westward of our
+present station; and the next morning we steered along shore till
+we came abreast of the point that forms the eastern part of the
+bay. On opening the bay, the wind, that had befriended us thus
+far, shifted, and blew from thence in squalls; but by means of
+the headway we had got, we luffed close in, till the anchor
+brought us up in fifty-six fathoms. Soon after we had thus got to
+our new berth, we discovered a sail, which we made no doubt was
+one of our squadron; and on its nearer approach, we found it to
+be the Trial sloop. We immediately sent some of our hands on
+board her, by whose assistance she was brought to an anchor
+between us and the land. We soon found that the sloop had not
+been exempted from those calamities which we had so severely
+felt; for her commander, Captain Saunders, waiting on the
+Commodore, informed him that out of his small complement he had
+buried thirty-four of his men; and those that remained were so
+universally afflicted with the scurvy that only himself, his
+lieutenant, and three of his men were able to stand by the sails.
+<a name="anson-09"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 9.<br>
+THE SICK LANDED--ALEXANDER SELKIRK*--SEALS AND SEA-LIONS.</h2>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Alexander Selkirk (1676 to 1721) was an
+adventurous sailor who joined Dampier's privateering expedition
+to the South Seas in 1703. He quarrelled with his captain,
+Stradling, and requested to be landed on the uninhabited island
+of Juan Fernandez. He immediately repented of his request, and
+begged to be taken off; but his prayers were disregarded, and he
+remained on the island from September, 1704, until he was picked
+up in 1709 by Dampier's new expedition. An account of his
+adventures was published, which apparently gave Defoe his idea of
+Robinson Crusoe.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>We were now extremely occupied in sending on shore materials
+to raise tents for the reception of the sick, who died apace on
+board. But we had not hands enough to prepare the tents for their
+reception before the 16th. On that and the two following days we
+sent them all on shore, amounting to a hundred and sixty-seven
+persons, besides at least a dozen who died in the boats on their
+being exposed to the fresh air. The greatest part of our sick
+were so infirm that we were obliged to carry them out of the ship
+in their hammocks, and to convey them afterwards in the same
+manner from the waterside to their tents, over a stony beach.
+This was a work of considerable fatigue to the few who were
+healthy; and therefore the Commodore, with his accustomed
+humanity, not only assisted herein with his own labour, but
+obliged his officers, without distinction, to give their helping
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>The excellence of the climate and the looseness of the soil
+render this place extremely proper for all kinds of vegetation;
+for if the ground be anywhere accidentally turned up, it is
+immediately overgrown with turnips and Sicilian radishes; and
+therefore, Mr. Anson having with him garden seeds of all kinds,
+and stones of different sorts of fruits, he, for the better
+accommodation of his countrymen who should hereafter touch here,
+sowed both lettuces, carrots, and other garden plants, and set in
+the woods a great variety of plum, apricot, and peach stones. And
+these last, he has been informed, have since thriven to a very
+remarkable degree; for some gentlemen, who in their passage from
+Lima to old Spain were taken and brought to England, having
+procured leave to wait upon Mr. Anson to thank him for his
+generosity and humanity to his prisoners, some of whom were their
+relations, they in casual discourse with him about his
+transactions in the South Seas, particularly asked him if he had
+not planted a great number of fruit-stones on the island of Juan
+Fernandez; for they told him their late navigators had discovered
+there numbers of peach trees and apricot trees, which being
+fruits before unobserved in that place, they concluded them to be
+produced from kernels set by him.</p>
+
+<p>ALEXANDER SELKIRK.</p>
+
+<p>Former writers have related that this island abounded with
+vast numbers of goats; and their accounts are not to be
+questioned, this place being the usual haunt of the buccaneers*
+and privateers who formerly frequented those seas. And there are
+two instances--one of a Mosquito Indian, and the other of
+Alexander Selkirk, a Scotchman, who were left by their respective
+ships, and lived alone upon this island for some years, and
+consequently were no strangers to its produce. Selkirk, who was
+the last, after a stay of between four and five years, was taken
+off the place by the Duke and Duchess privateers, of Bristol, as
+may be seen at large in the journal of their voyage. His manner
+of life during his solitude was in most particulars very
+remarkable; but there is one circumstance he relates which was so
+strangely verified by our own observation that I cannot help
+reciting it. He tells us, among other things, as he often caught
+more goats than he wanted, he sometimes marked their ears and let
+them go. This was about thirty-two years before our arrival at
+the island. Now it happened that the first goat that was killed
+by our people at their landing had his ears slit; whence we
+concluded that he had doubtless been formerly under the power of
+Selkirk. This was indeed an animal of a most venerable aspect,
+dignified with an exceeding majestic beard, and with many other
+symptoms of antiquity. During our stay on the island we met with
+others marked in the same manner, all the males being
+distinguished by an exuberance of beard and every other
+characteristic of extreme age. But the great numbers of goats,
+which former writers described to have been found upon this
+island, are at present very much diminished. For the Spaniards
+being informed of the advantages which the buccaneers and
+privateers drew from the provisions which goats' flesh here
+furnished them with, they have endeavoured to extirpate the
+breed, thereby to deprive their enemies of this relief. For this
+purpose they have put on shore great numbers of large dogs, who
+have increased apace, and have destroyed all the goats in the
+accessible part of the country; so that there now remain only a
+few among the crags and precipices where the dogs cannot follow
+them.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. 'The buccaneers.' The name "buccaneer"
+originally meant one who dried or smoked flesh on a "boucan," a
+kind of hurdle used for this purpose by the natives of Central
+and South America. The English, French, and Dutch smugglers who,
+in spite of the monopoly so jealously guarded by the Spaniards
+(see Introduction above) traded in the Caribbean seas, used to
+provision at St. Domingo largely with beef, jerked or sun-dried
+on the boucans. These men formed an organised body, under a chief
+chosen by themselves, and, under the name of the buccaneers, were
+for three-quarters of a century the terror of the Spaniards. In
+1655 they were powerful enough to give material assistance to the
+English fleet which conquered Jamaica. In 1671 they raised a
+force of 2,000 men, marched across the isthmus, and besieged and
+took Panama; their success, as usual, being marked by horrible
+atrocities. In 1685 a Spanish fleet of fourteen sail, which had
+been fitted out to put them down, found ten buccaneer ships in
+the bay of Panama, but dared not give them battle. The war
+between France and England after 1688 dissolved the alliance
+between the French and English buccaneers; and the last
+conspicuous event in their history was the capture of Cartagena
+in 1697. Soon after this date they disappeared as an organised
+body, though for many years members of the band remained as
+pirates in the South Seas.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>Goats' flesh being scarce, we rarely being able to kill above
+one a day, and our people growing tired of fish (which abounds at
+this place), they at last condescended to eat seals, which by
+degrees they came to relish, and called it lamb. But there is
+another amphibious creature to be met with here, called a
+sea-lion, that bears some resemblance to a seal, though it is
+much larger. This, too, we ate, under the denomination of beef.
+In general there was no difficulty in killing them, for they were
+incapable either of escaping or resisting, their motion being the
+most unwieldy that can be conceived, their blubber, all the time
+they were moving, being agitated in large waves under their
+skins. However, a sailor one day being carelessly employed in
+skinning a young sea-lion, the female from which he had taken it
+came upon him unperceived, and getting his head in her mouth, she
+with her teeth scored his skull in notches in many places, and
+thereby wounded him so desperately that though all possible care
+was taken of him, he died in a few days. <a name=
+"anson-10"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 10.<br>
+REAPPEARANCE OF THE GLOUCESTER--DISTRESS ON BOARD--HER EFFORTS TO
+ENTER THE BAY.</h2>
+
+<p>The arrival of the Trial sloop at this island so soon after we
+came there ourselves gave us great hopes of being speedily joined
+by the rest of the squadron; and we were for some days
+continually looking out in expectation of their coming in sight.
+But near a fortnight being elapsed without any of them having
+appeared, we began to despair of ever meeting them again.</p>
+
+<p>RETURN OF THE GLOUCESTER.</p>
+
+<p>But on the 21st of June some of our people, from an eminence
+on shore, discerned a ship to leeward, with her courses even with
+the horizon. However, after viewing her for a short time, the
+weather grew thick and hazy, and they lost sight of her. On the
+26th, towards noon, we discerned a sail in the north-east
+quarter, which we conceived to be the very same ship that had
+been seen before, and our conjectures proved true; and about one
+o'clock she approached so near that we could distinguish her to
+be the Gloucester. As we had no doubt of her being in great
+distress, the Commodore immediately ordered his boat to her
+assistance, laden with fresh water, fish, and vegetables, which
+was a very seasonable relief to them; for perhaps there never was
+a crew in a more distressed situation. They had already thrown
+overboard two-thirds of their complement, and of those that
+remained alive scarcely any were capable of doing duty except the
+officers and their servants. They had been a considerable time at
+the small allowance of a pint of fresh water to each man for
+twenty-four hours, and yet they had so little left that, had it
+not been for the supply we sent them, they must soon have died of
+thirst.</p>
+
+<p>The ship plied in within three miles of the bay, but, the
+winds and currents being contrary, she could not reach the road.
+However she continued in the offing the next day, but had no
+chance of coming to an anchor unless the wind and current
+shifted; and therefore the Commodore repeated his assistance,
+sending to her the Trial's boat manned with the Centurion's
+people, and a further supply of water and other refreshments.
+Captain Mitchel, the captain of the Gloucester, was under a
+necessity of detaining both this boat and that sent the preceding
+day; for without the help of their crews he had no longer
+strength enough to navigate the ship. In this tantalising
+situation the Gloucester continued for near a fortnight, without
+being able to fetch the road, though frequently attempting it,
+and at some times bidding very fair for it. On the 9th of July we
+observed her stretching away to the eastward at a considerable
+distance, which we supposed was with a design to get to the
+southward of the island; but as we soon lost sight of her and she
+did not appear for near a week, we were prodigiously concerned,
+knowing that she must be again in extreme distress for want of
+water. After great impatience about her, we discovered her again
+on the 16th, endeavouring to come round the eastern point of the
+island; but the wind, still blowing directly from the bay,
+prevented her getting nearer than within four leagues of the
+land. On this captain Mitchel made signals of distress, and our
+long-boat was sent to him with a store of water and plenty of
+fish and other refreshments; and the long-boat being not to be
+spared, the coxswain had positive orders from the Commodore to
+return again immediately; but the weather proving stormy the next
+day, and the boat not appearing, we much feared she was lost,
+which would have proved an irretrievable misfortune to us all.
+But the third day after we were relieved from this anxiety by the
+joyful sight of the long-boat's sails upon the water, and we sent
+the cutter immediately to her assistance, which towed her
+alongside in a few hours. The crew of our long-boat had taken in
+six of the Gloucester's sick men to bring them on shore, two of
+whom had died in the boat. And now we learned that the Gloucester
+was in a most dreadful condition, having scarcely a man in health
+on board, except those they received from us; and numbers of
+their sick dying daily, we found that, had it not been for the
+last supply sent by our long-boat, both the healthy and diseased
+must have all perished together for want of water. And these
+calamities were the more terrifying, as they appeared to be
+without remedy, for the Gloucester had already spent a month in
+her endeavours to fetch the bay, and she was now no farther
+advanced than at the first moment she made the island; on the
+contrary, the people on board her had worn out all their hopes of
+ever succeeding in it by the many experiments they had made of
+its difficulty. Indeed, the same day her situation grew more
+desperate than ever, for after she had received our last supply
+of refreshments, we again lost sight of her, so that we in
+general despaired of her ever coming to an anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Thus was this unhappy vessel bandied about within a few
+leagues of her intended harbour, whilst the neighbourhood of that
+place, and of those circumstances which could alone put an end to
+the calamities they laboured under, served only to aggravate
+their distress by torturing them with a view of the relief it was
+not in their power to reach.</p>
+
+<p>THE GLOUCESTER COMES TO ANCHOR.</p>
+
+<p>But she was at last delivered from this dreadful situation, at
+a time when we least expected it, for, after having lost sight of
+her for several days, we were pleasingly surprised, on the
+morning of the 23rd of July, to see her open the north-west point
+of the bay with a flowing sail; when we immediately despatched
+what boats we had to her assistance, and in an hour's time from
+our first perceiving her she anchored safe within us in the bay.
+<a name="anson-11"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 11.<br>
+TRACES OF SPANISH CRUISERS--ARRIVAL OF THE ANNA PINK.</h2>
+
+<p>During the interval of the Gloucester's frequent and
+ineffectual attempts to reach the island, our employment was
+cleansing our ship and filling our water. The first of these
+measures was indispensably necessary to our future health, as the
+numbers of sick and the unavoidable negligence arising from our
+deplorable situation at sea, had rendered the decks most
+intolerably loathsome; and the filling of our water was a caution
+that appeared not less essential to our future security, as we
+had reason to apprehend that accidents might oblige us to quit
+the island at a very short warning. For some appearances, which
+we had discovered on shore upon our first landing, gave us
+grounds to believe that there were Spanish cruisers in these
+seas, which had left the island but a short time before our
+arrival, and might possibly return there again in search of us;
+for we knew that this island was the likeliest place, in their
+own opinion, to meet with us. The circumstances which gave rise
+to these reflections were our finding on shore several pieces of
+earthen jars, made use of in those seas for water and other
+liquids, which appeared to be fresh broken. We saw, too, many
+heaps of ashes, and near them fish-bones and pieces of fish,
+besides whole fish scattered here and there, which plainly
+appeared to have been but a short time out of the water, as they
+were but just beginning to decay. These appearances were certain
+indications that there had been ships at this place but a short
+time before we came there; and as all Spanish merchantmen are
+instructed to avoid the island on account of its being the common
+rendezvous of their enemies, we concluded those who had touched
+here to be ships of force; and not knowing that Pizarro was
+returned to Buenos Ayres, and ignorant what strength might have
+been fitted out at Calla, we were under some concern for our
+safety, being in so wretched and enfeebled a condition that,
+notwithstanding the rank of our ship and the sixty guns she
+carried on board, which would only have aggravated our dishonour,
+there was scarcely a privateer sent to sea that was not an
+overmatch for us. However, our fears on this head proved
+imaginary, and we were not exposed to the disgrace which might
+have been expected to have befallen us had we been necessitated
+to fight our sixty-gun ship with no more than thirty hands.</p>
+
+<p>After the Gloucester's arrival we were employed in earnest in
+examining and repairing our rigging.</p>
+
+<p>Towards the middle of August our men being indifferently
+recovered, they were permitted to quit their sick tents and to
+build separate huts for themselves; as it was imagined that by
+living apart they would be much cleanlier, and consequently
+likely to recover their strength the sooner; but at the same time
+particular orders were given that on the firing of a gun from the
+ship they should instantly repair to the waterside.</p>
+
+<p>I should have mentioned that the Trial sloop at her arrival
+had informed us that on the 9th of May she had fallen in with our
+victualler not far distant from the continent of Chili, and had
+kept company with her for four days, when they were parted in a
+hard gale of wind. This gave us some room to hope that she was
+safe, and that she might soon join us; but all June and July
+being past without any news of her, we suspected she was lost,
+and at the end of July the Commodore ordered all the ships to a
+short allowance of bread.* And it was not in our bread only that
+we feared a deficiency, for since our arrival at this island we
+discovered that our former purser had neglected to take on board
+large quantities of several kinds of provisions which the
+Commodore had expressly ordered him to receive; so that the
+supposed loss of our victualler was on all accounts a mortifying
+consideration.</p>
+
+<p>THE ANNA PINK.</p>
+
+<p>However, on Sunday, the 16th of August, about noon, we espied
+a sail in the northern quarter, and a gun was immediately fired
+from the Centurion to call off the people from shore, who readily
+obeyed the summons and repaired to the beach, where the boats
+waited to carry them on board. And now being prepared for the
+reception of this ship in view whether friend or enemy, we had
+various speculations about her; but about three in the afternoon
+our disputes were ended by unanimous persuasion that it was our
+victualler, the Anna pink. This ship, though, like the
+Gloucester, she had fallen in to the northward of the island, had
+yet the good fortune to come to an anchor in the bay at five in
+the afternoon. Her arrival gave us all the sincerest joy, for
+each ship's company was now restored to its full allowance of
+bread, and we were now freed from the apprehensions of our
+provisions falling short before we could reach some amicable
+port--a calamity which, in these seas, is of all others the most
+irretrievable. This was the last ship that joined us.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The flour was on board the Anna
+pink.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-12"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 12.<br>
+THE WRECK OF THE WAGER--A MUTINY.</h2>
+
+<p>The remaining ships of the squadron were the Severn, the
+Pearl, and the Wager, store-ship. The Severn and Pearl parted
+company with the squadron off Cape Noir and, as we afterwards
+learned, put back to the Brazils, so that of all the ships which
+came into the South Seas the Wager, Captain Cheap, was the only
+one that was missing. This ship had on board some field-pieces
+mounted for land service, together with some Cohorn mortars, and
+several kinds of artillery, stores, and tools, intended for the
+operations on shore; and therefore, as the enterprise on Baldivia
+had been resolved on for the first undertaking of the squadron,
+Captain Cheap was extremely solicitous that these materials,
+which were in his custody, might be ready before Baldivia, that
+if the squadron should possibly rendezvous there, no delay nor
+disappointment might be imputed to him.</p>
+
+<p>But whilst the Wager, with these views, was making the best of
+her way to her first rendezvous off the island of Socoro, she
+made the land on the 14th of May, about the latitude of 47
+degrees south, and the captain, exerting himself on this occasion
+in order to get clear of it, he had the misfortune to fall down
+the after-ladder, and thereby dislocated his shoulder, which
+rendered him incapable of acting. This accident, together with
+the crazy condition of the ship, which was little better than a
+wreck, prevented her from getting off to sea, and entangled her
+more and more with the land, so that the next morning at daybreak
+she struck on a sunken rock, and soon after bilged and grounded
+between two small islands at about a musket-shot from the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>DISORDER AND ANARCHY.</p>
+
+<p>In this situation the ship continued entire a long time, so
+that all the crew had it in their power to get safe on shore, but
+a general confusion taking place, numbers of them, instead of
+consulting their safety or reflecting on their calamitous
+condition, fell to pillaging the ship, arming themselves with the
+first weapons that came to hand and threatening to murder all who
+should oppose them. This frenzy was greatly heightened by the
+liquors they found on board, with which they got so extremely
+drunk that some of them, tumbling down between decks, were
+drowned as the water flowed in, being incapable of getting up and
+retreating to other places where the water had not yet entered,
+and the captain, having done his utmost to get the whole crew on
+shore, was at last obliged to leave these mutineers behind him
+and to follow his officers and such as he had been able to
+prevail on; but he did not fail to send back the boats to
+persuade those who remained to have some regard to their
+preservation, though all his efforts were for some time without
+success. However the weather next day proving stormy, and there
+being great danger of the ship's parting, they began to be
+alarmed with the fears of perishing, and were desirous of getting
+to land; but it seems their madness had not yet left them, for
+the boat not appearing to fetch them off as soon as they
+expected, they at last pointed a four-pounder which was on the
+quarter-deck against the hut where they knew the captain resided
+on shore, and fired two shots, which passed but just over it.</p>
+
+<p>From this specimen of the behaviour of part of the crew it
+will not be difficult to frame some conjecture of the disorder
+and anarchy which took place when they at last got all on
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>There was another important point which set the greatest part
+of the people at variance with the captain: this was their
+differing with him in opinion on the measures to be pursued in
+the present exigency, for the captain was determined, if
+possible, to fit up the boats in the best manner he could and to
+proceed with them to the northward; for having with him above a
+hundred men in health, and having got some firearms and
+ammunition from the wreck, he did not doubt that they could
+master any Spanish vessel they should meet with in those seas,
+and he thought he could not fail of meeting with one in the
+neighbourhood of Chiloe or Baldivia, in which, when he had taken
+her, he intended to proceed to the rendezvous at Juan Fernandez;
+and he further insisted, that should they meet with no prize by
+the way, yet the boats alone would easily carry them there. But
+this was a scheme that, however prudent, was no ways relished by
+the generality of his people, for, being quite jaded with the
+distresses and dangers they had already run through, they could
+not think of prosecuting an enterprise further which had hitherto
+proved so disastrous, and, therefore, the common resolution was
+to lengthen the long-boat, and with that and the rest of the
+boats to steer to the southward, to pass through the Straits of
+Magellan, and to range along the east side of South America till
+they should arrive at Brazil, where they doubted not to be well
+received, and to procure a passage to Great Britain. This project
+was at first sight infinitely more hazardous and tedious than
+what was proposed by the captain, but as it had the air of
+returning home, and flattered them with the hopes of bringing
+them once more to their native country, this circumstance alone
+rendered them inattentive to all its inconveniences, and made
+them adhere to it with insurmountable obstinacy, so that the
+captain himself, though he never changed his opinion, was yet
+obliged to give way to the torrent, and in appearance to
+acquiesce in this resolution, whilst he endeavoured underhand to
+give it all the obstruction he could, particularly in the
+lengthening of the long-boat, which he contrived should be of
+such a size that, though it might serve to carry them to Juan
+Fernandez, would yet, he hoped, appear incapable of so long a
+navigation as that to the coast of Brazil.</p>
+
+<p>AN UNHAPPY ACCIDENT.</p>
+
+<p>But the captain, by his steady opposition at first to this
+favourite project, had much embittered the people against him, to
+which, likewise, the following unhappy accident greatly
+contributed. There was a midshipman whose name was Cozens, who
+had appeared the foremost in all the refractory proceedings of
+the crew. He had involved himself in brawls with most of the
+officers who had adhered to the captain's authority, and had even
+treated the captain himself with great abuse and insolence. As
+his turbulence and brutality grew every day more and more
+intolerable, it was not in the least doubted but there were some
+violent measures in agitation in which Cozens was engaged as the
+ringleader, for which reason the captain and those about him
+constantly kept themselves on their guard. But at last the purser
+having, by the captain's order, stopped the allowance of a fellow
+who would not work, Cozens, though the man did not complain to
+him, intermeddled in the affair with great eagerness, and grossly
+insulting the purser, who was then delivering our provisions just
+by the captain's tent, and was himself sufficiently violent, the
+purser, enraged by his scurrility, and perhaps piqued by former
+quarrels, cried out--"A mutiny!" adding "that the dog had
+pistols," and then himself fired a shot at Cozens, which,
+however, missed him. But the captain, on this outcry and the
+report of the pistol, rushed out of his tent, and, not doubting
+but it had been fired by Cozens as the commencement of a mutiny,
+he immediately shot him in the head without further deliberation,
+and though he did not kill him on the spot, yet the wound proved
+mortal, and he died about fourteen days after.</p>
+
+<p>This incident, however displeasing to the people, did yet for
+a considerable time awe them to their duty, and rendered them
+more submissive to the captain's authority. But at last, when
+towards the middle of October the long-boat was nearly completed
+and they were preparing to put to sea, the additional provocation
+he gave them by covertly traversing their project of proceeding
+through the Straits of Magellan, and their fears that he might at
+length engage a party sufficient to overturn this favourite
+measure, made them resolve to make use of the death of Cozens as
+a reason for depriving him of his command, under pretence of
+carrying him a prisoner to England to be tried for murder, and he
+was accordingly confined under a guard. But they never intended
+to carry him with them, as they too well knew what they had to
+apprehend on their return to England if their commander should be
+present to confront them, and therefore, when they were just
+ready to put to sea, they set him at liberty, leaving him and the
+few who chose to take their fortunes with him no other
+embarkation but the yawl, to which the barge was afterwards added
+by the people on board her being prevailed on to return back. <a
+name="anson-13"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 13.<br>
+THE WRECK OF THE WAGER (CONTINUED)--THE ADVENTURES OF THE
+CAPTAIN'S PARTY.</h2>
+
+<p>When the ship was wrecked there remained alive on board the
+Wager near a hundred and thirty persons; of these, above thirty
+died during their stay upon the place, and near eighty went off
+in the long-boat and the cutter to the southward; so that there
+remained with the captain, after their departure, no more than
+nineteen persons, which, however, was as many as the barge and
+the yawl--the only embarkations left them--could well carry off.
+It was on the 13th of October, five months after the shipwreck,
+that the long-boat, converted into a schooner, weighed and stood
+to the southward, giving the captain who, with Lieutenant
+Hamilton, of the land forces, and the surgeon, was then on the
+beach, three cheers at their departure. It was the 29th of
+January following before they arrived at Rio Grande, on the coast
+of Brazil; and having by various accidents, left about twenty of
+their people on shore at the different places they touched at,
+and a greater number having perished by hunger during the course
+of their navigation, there were no more than thirty of them left
+when they arrived in that port. Indeed, the undertaking of itself
+was a most extraordinary one, for, not to mention the length of
+the run, the vessel was scarcely able to contain the number that
+first put to sea in her; and their stock of provisions (being
+only what they had saved out of the ship) was extremely slender;
+and the cutter, the only boat they had with them, soon broke away
+from the stern and was staved to pieces; so that when their
+provision and their water failed them, they had frequently no
+means of getting on shore to search for a fresh supply.</p>
+
+<p>When the long-boat and cutter were gone, the captain and those
+who were left with him proposed to pass to the northward in the
+barge and yawl; but the weather was so bad, and the difficulty of
+subsisting so great, that it was two months after the departure
+of the long-boat before he was able to put to sea. It seems the
+place where the Wager was cast away was not a part of the
+continent, as was first imagined, but an island at some distance
+from the main, which afforded no other sorts of provision but
+shellfish and a few herbs; and as the greatest part of what they
+had got from the ship was carried off in the long-boat, the
+captain and his people were often in great necessity, especially
+as they chose to preserve what little sea-provisions remained for
+their store when they should go to the northwards.</p>
+
+<p>Upon the 14th of December the captain and his people embarked
+in the barge and the yawl in order to proceed to the northward,
+taking on board with them all the provisions they could amass
+from the wreck of a ship; but they had scarcely been an hour at
+sea when the wind began to blow hard, and the sea ran so high
+that they were obliged to throw the greatest part of their
+provisions overboard to avoid immediate destruction.</p>
+
+<p>STRUGGLING WITH DISASTER.</p>
+
+<p>This was a terrible misfortune in a part of the world where
+food is so difficult to be got; however, they still persisted in
+their design, putting on shore as often as they could to seek
+subsistence. But, about a fortnight after, another dreadful
+accident befell them, for the yawl sank at an anchor, and one of
+the men in her was drowned; and as the barge was incapable of
+carrying the whole company, they were now reduced to the hard
+necessity of leaving four marines behind them on that desolate
+shore. But they still kept on their course to the northward,
+struggling with their disasters, and greatly delayed by the
+perverseness of the winds and frequent interruptions which their
+search after food occasioned; till at last, about the end of
+January, having made three unsuccessful attempts to double a
+headland which they supposed to be what the Spaniards called Cape
+Tres Montes, it was unanimously resolved to give over this
+expedition, the difficulties of which appeared insuperable, and
+to return again to Wager Island, where they got back about the
+middle of February, quite disheartened and dejected with their
+reiterated disappointments and almost perishing with hunger and
+fatigue.</p>
+
+<p>However, on their return they had the good luck to meet with
+several pieces of beef which had been washed out of the ship and
+were swimming in the sea. This was a most seasonable relief to
+them after the hardships they had endured; and to complete their
+good fortune, there came in a short time two canoes of Indians,
+amongst whom was a native of Chiloe who spoke a little Spanish;
+and the surgeon who was with Captain Cheap understanding that
+language, he made a bargain with the Indian, that if he would
+carry the captain and his people to Chiloe in the barge, he
+should have her and all that belonged to her for his pains.
+Accordingly, on the 6th of March, the eleven persons, to which
+the company was now reduced, embarked in the barge on this new
+expedition; but after having proceeded for a few days, the
+captain and four of his principal officers being on shore, the
+six, who together with an Indian remained in the barge, put off
+with her to sea and did not return.</p>
+
+<p>By this means there were left on shore Captain Cheap, Mr.
+Hamilton, lieutenant of marines; the Honourable Mr. Byron and Mr.
+Campbell, midshipman; and Mr. Elliot, the surgeon. One would have
+thought their distresses had long before this time been incapable
+of augmentation, but they found, on reflection, that their
+present situation was much more dismaying than anything they had
+yet gone through, being left on a desolate coast without any
+provisions or the means of procuring any, for their arms,
+ammunition, and every conveniency they were masters of, except
+the tattered habits they had on, were all carried away in the
+barge. But when they had sufficiently revolved in their own minds
+the various circumstances of this unexpected calamity, and were
+persuaded that they had no relief to hope for, they perceived a
+canoe at a distance, which proved to be that of the Indian who
+had undertaken to carry them to Chiloe, he and his family being
+then on board it. He made no difficulty of coming to them, for it
+seems he had left Captain Cheap and his people a little before to
+go a-fishing, and had in the meantime committed them to the care
+of the other Indian, whom the sailors had carried to sea in the
+barge. But when he came on shore and found the barge gone and his
+companion missing, he was extremely concerned, and could with
+difficulty be persuaded that the other Indian was not murdered;
+but being at last satisfied with the account that was given him,
+he still undertook to carry them to the Spanish settlements, and
+(as the Indians are well skilled in fishing and fowling) to
+procure them provisions by the way.</p>
+
+<p>CHILOE.</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of March, Captain Cheap and the four who were
+left with him set out for Chiloe, the Indian having procured a
+number of canoes, and got many of his neighbours together for
+that purpose. Soon after they embarked, Mr. Elliot, the surgeon,
+died, so that there now remained only four of the whole company.
+At last, after a very complicated passage by land and water,
+Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Campbell arrived, in the
+beginning of June, at the island of Chiloe, where they were
+received by the Spaniards with great humanity; but, on account of
+some quarrel among the Indians, Mr. Hamilton did not get thither
+till two months after. Thus, above a twelvemonth after the loss
+of the Wager, ended this fatiguing peregrination, which by a
+variety of misfortunes had diminished the company from twenty to
+no more than four, and those, too, brought so low that had their
+distresses continued but a few days longer, in all probability
+none of them would have survived. For the captain himself was
+with difficulty recovered and the rest were so reduced by the
+severity of the weather, their labour, and their want of all
+kinds of necessaries, that it was wonderful how they supported
+themselves so long. After some stay at Chiloe, the captain and
+the three who were with him were sent to Valparaiso, and thence
+to Santiago, the capital of Chile where they continued above a
+year; but on the advice of a cartel being settled betwixt Great
+Britain and Spain, Captain Cheap, Mr. Byron, and Mr. Hamilton
+were permitted to return to Europe on board a French ship. The
+other midshipman, Mr. Campbell, having changed his religion
+whilst at Santiago, chose to go back overland to Buenos Ayres
+with Pizarro and his officers, with whom he went afterwards to
+Spain on board the Asia; and there having failed in his
+endeavours to procure a commission from the Court of Spain, he
+returned to England, and attempted to get reinstated in the
+British Navy, and has since published a narration of his
+adventures, in which he complains of the injustice that had been
+done him and strongly disavows his ever being in the Spanish
+service. But as the change of his religion and his offering
+himself to the Court of Spain (though not accepted) are matters,
+which he is conscious, are capable of being incontestably proved,
+on these two heads he has been entirely silent. And now, after
+this account of the catastrophe of the Wager, I shall again
+resume the thread of our own story. <a name="anson-14"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 14.<br>
+THE LOSSES FROM SCURVY--STATE AND PROSPECTS OF THE SQUADRON.</h2>
+
+<p>EXTRAORDINARY MORTALITY.</p>
+
+<p>Our people by the beginning of September were so far recovered
+of the scurvy that there was little danger of burying any more at
+present; and therefore I shall now sum up the total of our loss
+since our departure from England, the better to convey some idea
+of our past sufferings and of our present strength. We had buried
+on board the Centurion since our leaving St. Helens 292, and had
+now remaining on board 214. This will doubtless appear a most
+extraordinary mortality; but yet on board the Gloucester it had
+been much greater, for out of a much smaller crew than ours they
+had buried the same number, and had only eighty-two remaining
+alive. It might be expected that on board the Trial the slaughter
+would have been the most terrible, as her decks were almost
+constantly knee-deep in water; but it happened otherwise, for she
+escaped more favourably than the rest, since she only buried
+forty-two, and had now thirty-nine remaining alive. The havoc of
+this disease had fallen still severer on the invalids and marines
+than on the sailors; for on board the Centurion, out of fifty
+invalids and seventy-nine marines there remained only four
+invalids, including officers, and eleven marines; and on board
+the Gloucester every invalid perished, and out of forty-eight
+marines only two escaped. From this account it appears that the
+three ships together departed from England with 961 men on board,
+of whom 626 were dead before this time; so that the whole of our
+remaining crews, which were now to be distributed among three
+ships, amounted to no more than 335 men and boys, a number
+greatly insufficient for manning the Centurion alone, and barely
+capable of navigating all the three with the utmost exertion of
+their strength and vigour. This prodigious reduction of our men
+was still the more terrifying as we were hitherto uncertain of
+the fate of Pizarro's squadron, and had reason to suppose that
+some part of it at least had got round into these seas. Indeed we
+were satisfied from our own experience that they must have
+suffered greatly in their passage; but then every port in the
+South Seas was open to them, and the whole power of Chile and
+Peru would doubtless be united in refreshing and refitting them,
+and recruiting the numbers they had lost. Besides, we had some
+obscure knowledge of a force to be fitted out at Callao; and,
+however contemptible the ships and sailors of this part of the
+world may have been generally esteemed, it was scarcely possible
+for anything bearing the name of a ship of force to be feebler or
+less considerable than ourselves. And had there been nothing to
+be apprehended from the naval power of the Spaniards in this part
+of the world, yet our enfeebled condition would nevertheless give
+us the greatest uneasiness, as we were incapable of attempting
+any of their considerable places; for the risking of twenty men,
+weak as we then were, was risking the safety of the whole. So
+that we conceived we should be necessitated to content ourselves
+with what few prizes we could pick up at sea before we were
+discovered, after which we should in all probability be obliged
+to depart with precipitation, and esteem ourselves fortunate to
+regain our native country, leaving our enemies to triumph on the
+inconsiderable mischief they had received from a squadron whose
+equipment had filled them with such dreadful apprehensions. It is
+true the final event proved more honourable than we had
+foreboded; but the intermediate calamities did likewise greatly
+surpass our most gloomy apprehensions, and could they have been
+predicted to us at this island of Juan Fernandez, they would
+doubtless have appeared insurmountable. <a name=
+"anson-15"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 15.<br>
+A PRIZE--SPANISH PREPARATIONS--A NARROW ESCAPE.</h2>
+
+<p>A CHASE.</p>
+
+<p>In the beginning of September, as has been already mentioned,
+our men were tolerably well recovered; and now the time of
+navigation in this climate drawing near, we exerted ourselves in
+getting our ships in readiness for the sea. On the 8th, about
+eleven in the morning, we espied a sail to the north-east, which
+continued to approach us till her courses appeared even with the
+horizon. In this interval we all had hopes she might prove one of
+our own squadron; but at length, finding she steered away to the
+eastward without hauling in for the island, we concluded she must
+be a Spaniard. It was resolved to pursue her; and the Centurion
+being in the greatest forwardness, we immediately got all our
+hands on board, set up our rigging, bent our sails, and by five
+in the afternoon got under sail. We had at this time very little
+wind, so that all the boats were employed to tow us out of the
+bay; and even what wind there was lasted only long enough to give
+us an offing of two or three leagues, when it flattened to a
+calm. The night coming on, we lost sight of the chase, and were
+extremely impatient for the return of daylight, in hopes to find
+that she had been becalmed as well as we, though I must confess
+that her greater distance from the land was a reasonable ground
+for suspecting the contrary, as we indeed found in the morning,
+to our great mortification; for though the weather continued
+perfectly clear, we had no sight of the ship from the mast-head.
+But as we were now satisfied that it was an enemy, and the first
+we had seen in these seas, we resolved not to give over the
+search lightly; and a small breeze springing up from the
+west-north-west, we got up our top-gallant masts and yards, set
+all the sails, and steered to the south-east, in hopes of
+retrieving our chase, which we imagined to be bound to
+Valparaiso. We continued on this course all that day and the
+next; and then, not getting sight of our chase, we gave over the
+pursuit, conceiving that by that time she must in all probability
+have reached her port.</p>
+
+<p>And now we prepared to return to Juan Fernandez, and hauled up
+to the south-west with that view, having but very little wind
+till the 12th, when, at three in the morning, there sprang up a
+fresh gale from the west-south-west, and we tacked and stood to
+the north-west; and at daybreak we were agreeably surprised with
+the sight of a sail on our weather-bow, between four and five
+leagues distant. On this we crowded all the sail we could, and
+stood after her, and soon perceived it not to be the same ship we
+originally gave chase to. She at first bore down upon us, showing
+Spanish colours, and making a signal as to her consort; but
+observing that we did not answer her signal, she instantly luffed
+close to the wind and stood to the southward. Our people were now
+all in spirits, and put the ship about with great alacrity; and
+as the chase appeared to be a large ship, and had mistaken us for
+her consort, we conceived that she was a man-of-war, and probably
+one of Pizarro's squadron. This induced the Commodore to order
+all the officers' cabins to be knocked down and thrown overboard,
+with several casks of water and provisions which stood between
+the guns; so that we had soon a clear ship, ready for an
+engagement. About nine o'clock we had thick, hazy weather, and a
+shower of rain, during which we lost sight of the chase; and we
+were apprehensive, if the weather should continue, that by going
+upon the other tack, or by some other artifice, she might escape
+us; but it clearing up in less than an hour, we found that we had
+both weathered and forereached upon her considerably, and now we
+were near enough discover that she was only a merchantman,
+without so much as a single tier of guns. About half an hour
+after twelve, being then within a reasonable distance of her, we
+fired four shot amongst her rigging, on which they lowered their
+topsails and bore down to us, but in very great confusion, their
+top-gallant-sails and stay-sails all fluttering in the wind. This
+was owing to their having let run their sheets and halyards just
+as we fired at them, after which not a man amongst them had
+courage enough to venture aloft (for there the shot had passed
+but just before) to take them in.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the vessel came within hail of us, the Commodore
+ordered them to bring to under his lee-quarter, and then hoisted
+out the boat and sent Mr. Suamarez, his first lieutenant, to take
+possession of the prize, with directions to send all the
+prisoners on board the Centurion, but first the officers and
+passengers.</p>
+
+<p>A TERRIFIED CREW.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. Suamarez came on board them, they received him at the
+side with the strongest tokens of the most abject submission, for
+they were all of them (especially the passengers, who were
+twenty-five in number), extremely terrified and under the
+greatest apprehensions of meeting with very severe and cruel
+usage. But the lieutenant endeavoured with great courtesy to
+dissipate their fright, assuring them that their fears were
+altogether groundless, and that they would find a generous enemy
+in the Commodore, who was not less remarkable for his lenity and
+humanity than for his resolution and courage. The passengers who
+were first sent on board the Centurion informed us that our prize
+was called "Nuestra Senora del Monte Carmelo", and was commanded
+by Don Manuel Zamorra. Her cargo consisted chiefly of sugar, and
+great quantities of blue cloth made in the province of Quito,
+somewhat resembling our English coarse broad-cloths, but inferior
+to them. They had, besides, several bales of a coarser sort of
+cloth, of different colours, called by them Pannia da Tierra,
+with a few bales of cotton and tobacco, which though strong was
+not ill-flavoured. These were the principal goods on board her;
+but we found, besides, what was to us much more valuable than the
+rest of the cargo. This was some trunks of wrought plate, and
+twenty-three serons of dollars, each weighing upwards of 200
+pounds avoirdupois. The ship's burthen was about 450 tons; she
+had fifty-three sailors on board, both whites and blacks; she
+came from Callao, and had been twenty-seven days at sea before
+she fell into our hands. She was bound to the port of Valparaiso,
+in the kingdom of Chili, and proposed to have returned thence
+loaded with corn and Chili wine, some gold, dried beef, and small
+cordage, which at Callao they convert into larger rope. The
+prisoners informed us that they left Callao in company with two
+other ships, which they had parted with some days before, and
+that at first they conceived us to be one of their company; and
+by the description we gave them of the ship we had chased from
+Juan Fernandez, they assured us she was of their number, but that
+the coming in sight of that island was directly repugnant to the
+merchants' instructions, who had expressly forbid it, as knowing
+that if any English squadron was in those seas, the island of
+Fernandez was most probably the place of their rendezvous.</p>
+
+<p>And now it is necessary that I should relate the important
+intelligence which we met with on board her, partly from the
+information of the prisoners, and partly from the letters and
+papers which fell into our hands. We here first learned with
+certainty the force and destination of that squadron which
+cruised off Madeira at our arrival there, and afterwards chased
+the Pearl in our passage to Port St. Julian. And we had, at the
+same time, the satisfaction to find that Pizarro, after his
+utmost endeavours to gain his passage into these seas, had been
+forced back again into the River of Plate, with the loss of two
+of his largest ships; and besides this disappointment of Pizarro,
+which considering our great debility, was no unacceptable
+intelligence, we further learned that an embargo had been laid
+upon all shipping in these seas by the Viceroy of Peru, in the
+month of May preceding, on a supposition that about that time we
+might arrive upon the coast. But on the account sent overland by
+Pizarro of his own distresses, part of which they knew we must
+have encountered, as we were at sea during the same time, and on
+their having no news of us in eight months after we were known to
+set sail from St. Catherine's, they were fully persuaded that we
+were either shipwrecked, or had perished at sea, or at least had
+been obliged to put back again; for it was conceived impossible
+for any ships to continue at sea during so long an interval, and,
+therefore, on the application of the merchants and the firm
+persuasion of our having miscarried, the embargo had been lately
+taken off.</p>
+
+<p>A NARROW ESCAPE.</p>
+
+<p>This last article made us flatter ourselves that, as the enemy
+was still a stranger to our having got round Cape Horn, and the
+navigation of these seas was restored, we might meet with some
+considerable captures, and might thereby indemnify ourselves for
+the incapacity we were now under of attempting any of their
+considerable settlements on shore. And thus much we were certain
+of, from the information of our prisoners, that whatever our
+success might be as to the prizes we might light on, we had
+nothing to fear, weak as we were, from the Spanish force in this
+part of the world; though we discovered that we had been in most
+imminent peril from the enemy when we least apprehended it, and
+when our other distresses were at the greatest height. For we
+learned from the letters on board that Pizarro, in the express he
+dispatched to the Viceroy of Peru after his return to the River
+of Plate, had intimated to him that it was possible some part at
+least of the English squadron might get round, but that, as he
+was certain from his own experience that if they did arrive in
+those seas it must be in a very weak and defenceless condition,
+he advised the Viceroy, in order to be secure at all events, to
+fit out what ships of force he had, and send them to the
+southward, where in all probability they would intercept us
+singly and before we had an opportunity of touching anywhere for
+refreshment, in which case he doubted not but we should prove an
+easy conquest. The Viceroy of Peru approved of this advice, and
+immediately fitted out four ships of force from Callao, one of 50
+guns, two of 40 guns, and one of 24 guns. Three of them were
+stationed off the port of Concepcion,* and one of them at the
+Island of Juan Fernandez; and in these stations they continued
+cruising for us till the 6th of June, when, not seeing anything
+of us, and conceiving it to be impossible that we could have kept
+the seas so long, they quitted their cruise and returned to
+Callao, fully satisfied that we had either perished or at least
+had been driven back. As the time of their quitting their station
+was but a few days before our arrival at the island of Fernandez,
+it is evident that had we made that island on our first search
+for it on the 28th of May, when we first expected to see it, and
+were in reality very near it, we had doubtless fallen in with
+some part of the Spanish squadron; and in the distressed
+condition we were then in the meeting with a healthy,
+well-provided enemy was an incident that could not but have been
+perplexing and might perhaps have proved fatal. I shall only add
+that these Spanish ships sent out to intercept us had been
+greatly shattered by a storm during their cruise, and that, after
+their arrival at Callao, they had been laid up. And our prisoners
+assured us that whenever intelligence was received at Lima of our
+being in these seas, it would be at least two months before this
+armament could be again fitted out.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. La Concepcion in Chili, about 270 miles south
+of Valparaiso.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>The whole of this intelligence was as favourable as we in our
+reduced circumstances could wish for; and now we were fully
+satisfied as to the broken jars, ashes, and fish-bones which we
+had observed at our first landing at Juan Fernandez, these things
+being doubtless the relics of the cruisers stationed off that
+port. Having thus satisfied ourselves in the material articles,
+and having got on board the Centurion most of the prisoners and
+all the silver, we, at eight in the same evening, made sail to
+the northward, in company with our prize, and at six the next
+morning discovered the island of Juan Fernandez, where the next
+day both we and our prize came to an anchor. And here I cannot
+omit one remarkable incident which occurred when the prize and
+her crew came into the bay where the rest of the squadron lay.
+The Spaniards in the Carmelo had been sufficiently informed of
+the distresses we had gone through, and were greatly surprised
+that we had ever surmounted them; but when they saw the Trial
+sloop at anchor they were still more astonished, and it was with
+great difficulty they were prevailed on to believe that she came
+from England with the rest of the squadron, they at first
+insisting that it was impossible such a bauble as that could pass
+round Cape Horn when the best ships of Spain were obliged to put
+back. <a name="anson-16"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 16.<br>
+THE COMMODORE'S PLANS--ANOTHER PRIZE--THE TRIAL DESTROYED..</h2>
+
+<p>By the time we arrived at Juan Fernandez the letters found on
+board our prize were more minutely examined; and it appearing
+from them and from the accounts of our prisoners that several
+other merchantmen were bound from Callao to Valparaiso, Mr. Anson
+despatched the Trial sloop the very next morning to cruise off
+the last-mentioned port, reinforcing her with ten hands from on
+board his own ship. Mr. Anson likewise resolved, on the
+intelligence recited above, to separate the ships under his
+command and employ them in distinct cruises, as he thought that
+by this means we should not only increase our chance for prizes,
+but that we should likewise run less risk of alarming the coast
+and of being discovered.</p>
+
+<p>THE LAST LEAVE OF JUAN FERNANDEZ.</p>
+
+<p>And now, the spirits of our people being greatly raised and
+their despondency dissipated by this earnest of success, they
+forgot all their past distresses and resumed their wonted
+alacrity, and laboured indefatigably in completing our water,
+receiving our lumber, and preparing to take our farewell of the
+island. But as these occupations took us up four or five days,
+with all our industry, the Commodore in that interval directed
+that the guns belonging to the Anna pink*, being four 6-pounders,
+four 4-pounders, and two swivels, should be mounted on board the
+Carmelo, our prize; and having sent on board the Gloucester six
+passengers and twenty-three seaman to assist in navigating the
+ship, he directed Captain Mitchel to leave the island as soon as
+possible, the service requiring the utmost despatch, ordering him
+to proceed to the latitude of 5 degrees south, and there to
+cruise off the high land of Paita, at such a distance from shore
+as should prevent his being discovered. On this station he was to
+continue till he should be joined by the Commodore, which would
+be whenever it should be known that the Viceroy had fitted out
+the ships at Callao, or on Mr. Anson's receiving any other
+intelligence that should make it necessary to unite our strength.
+These orders being delivered to the captain of the Gloucester,
+and all our business completed, we on the Saturday following,
+being the 19th of September, weighed our anchor in company with
+our prize, and got out of the bay, taking our last leave of the
+island of Juan Fernandez, and steering to the eastward, with an
+intention of joining the Trial sloop in her station off
+Valparaiso.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The Anna pink being no longer seaworthy, was
+broken up at Juan Fernandez.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>On the 24th, a little before sunset, we saw two sail to the
+eastward, on which our prize stood directly from us, to avoid
+giving any suspicion of our being cruisers; whilst we in the
+meantime made ourselves ready for an engagement, and steered
+towards the two ships we had discovered with all our canvas. We
+soon perceived that one of these which had the appearance of
+being a very stout ship made directly for us, whilst the other
+kept at a very great distance. By seven o'clock we were within
+pistol-shot of the nearest, and had a broadside ready to pour
+into her, the gunners having their matches in their hands, and
+only waiting for orders to fire; but as we knew it was now
+impossible for her to escape us, Mr. Anson, before he permitted
+them to fire, ordered the master to hail the ship in Spanish, on
+which the commanding officer on board her, who proved to be Mr.
+Hughes, lieutenant of the Trial, answered us in English, and
+informed us that she was a prize taken by the Trial a few days
+before, and that the other sail at a distance was the Trial
+herself, disabled in her masts. We were soon after joined by the
+Trial and Captain Saunders, her commander, came on board the
+Centurion. He informed the Commodore that he had taken this ship
+the 18th instant, that she was a prime sailer, and had cost him
+thirty-six hours' chase before he could come up with her; that
+for some time he gained so little upon her that he began to
+despair of taking her; and the Spaniards, though alarmed at first
+with seeing nothing but a cloud of sail in pursuit of them, the
+Trial's hull being so low in the water that no part of it
+appeared, yet knowing the goodness of their ship, and finding how
+little the Trial neared them, they at length laid aside their
+fears, and recommending themselves to the blessed Virgin for
+protection, began to think themselves secure. And indeed, their
+success was very near doing honour to their Ave Marias;* for
+altering their course in the night and shutting up their windows
+to prevent any of their lights from being seen, they had some
+chance of escaping. But a small crevice in one of the shutters
+rendered all their invocations ineffectual, for through this
+crevice the people on board the Trial perceived a light, which
+they chased till they arrived within gun shot, and then Captain
+Saunders alarmed them unexpectedly with a broadside when they
+flattered themselves they were got out of his reach. However, for
+some time after, they still kept the same sail abroad, and it was
+not observed that this first salute had made any impression on
+them; but just as the Trial was preparing to repeat her
+broadside, the Spaniards crept from their holes, lowered their
+sails, and submitted without any opposition. She was one of the
+largest merchantmen employed in those seas, being about six
+hundred tons burthen, and was called the "Arranzazu". She was
+bound from Callao to Valparaiso, and had much the same cargo with
+the Carmelo we had taken before, except that her silver amounted
+only to about 5000 pounds sterling.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Ave Maria (Hail Mary!) are the opening words
+of a Roman Catholic prayer to the Virgin Mary.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>THE TRIAL DISABLED.</p>
+
+<p>But to balance this success we had the misfortune to find that
+the Trial had sprung her mainmast, and that her maintopmast had
+come by the board; and as we were all of us standing to the
+eastward the next morning, with a fresh gale at south, she had
+the additional ill-luck to spring her foremast; so that now she
+had not a mast left on which she could carry sail. These unhappy
+incidents were still further aggravated by the impossibility we
+were just then under of assisting her; for the wind blew so hard,
+and raised such a hollow sea, that we could not venture to hoist
+out our boat, and consequently could have no communication with
+her; so that we were obliged to lie to for the greatest part of
+forty-eight hours to attend her.</p>
+
+<p>The weather proving somewhat more moderate on the 27th, we
+sent our boat for the captain of the Trial, who, when he came on
+board us, produced an instrument, signed by himself and all his
+officers, representing that the sloop, besides being dismasted,
+was so very leaky in her hull that even in moderate weather it
+was necessary to keep the pumps constantly at work, and that they
+were then scarcely sufficient to keep her free; so that in the
+late gale, though they had all been engaged at the pumps by
+turns, yet the water had increased upon them; and, upon the
+whole, they apprehended her to be at present so very defective
+that if they met with much bad weather they must all inevitably
+perish, and therefore they petitioned the Commodore to take some
+measures for their future safety. But the refitting of the Trial
+and the repairing of her defects was an undertaking that in the
+present conjuncture greatly exceeded his power; and besides, it
+would have been extreme imprudence in so critical a juncture to
+have loitered away so much time as would have been necessary for
+these operations. The Commodore, therefore, had no choice left
+him but that of taking out her people and destroying her; but at
+the same time, as he conceived it necessary for His Majesty's
+Service to keep up the appearance of our force, he appointed the
+Trial's prize (which had been often employed by the Viceroy of
+Peru as a man-of-war) to be a frigate in His Majesty's Service,
+manning her with the Trial's crew and giving new commissions to
+the captain and all the inferior officers accordingly. This new
+frigate, when in the Spanish service, had mounted thirty-two
+guns, but she was now to have only twenty, which were the twelve
+that were on board the Trial, and eight that had belonged to the
+Anna pink. When this affair was thus far regulated, Mr. Anson
+gave orders to Captain Saunders to put it in execution, directing
+him to take out of the sloop the arms, stores, ammunition, and
+everything that could be of any use to the other ships, and then
+to scuttle her and sink her. And after Captain Saunders had seen
+her destroyed he was to proceed with his new frigate (to be
+called the Trial's prize) and to cruise off the high land of
+Valparaiso, keeping it from him north-north-west, at the distance
+of twelve or fourteen leagues. For as all ships bound from
+Valparaiso to the northward steer that course, Mr. Anson proposed
+by this means to stop any intelligence that might be despatched
+to Callao of two of their ships being missing, which might give
+them apprehensions of the English squadron being in their
+neighbourhood. The Trial's prize was to continue on this station
+twenty-four days and if not joined by the Commodore at the
+expiration of that term, she was then to proceed down the coast
+to Pisco, or Nasca, where she would be certain to meet with Mr.
+Anson. The Commodore likewise ordered Lieutenant Suamarez who
+commanded the Centurion's prize, to keep company with Captain
+Saunders both to assist him in unloading the sloop, and also
+that, by spreading in their cruise, there might be less danger of
+any of the enemy's ships slipping by unobserved. These orders
+being despatched, the Centurion parted from them at eleven in the
+evening on the 27th of September, directing her course to the
+southward, with a view of cruising for some days to the windward
+of Valparaiso. <a name="anson-17"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 17.<br>
+MORE CAPTURES--ALARM OF THE COAST--PAITA.</h2>
+
+<p>DISAPPOINTMENT.</p>
+
+<p>Though, after leaving Captain Saunders, we were very
+expeditious in regaining our station, where we got the 29th at
+noon, yet in plying on and off till the 6th of October we had not
+the good fortune to discover a sail of any sort, and then, having
+lost all hopes of making any advantage by a longer stay, we made
+sail to the leeward of the port in order to join our prizes; but
+when we arrived on the station appointed for them we did not meet
+with them, though we continued there four or five days. We
+supposed that some chase had occasioned their leaving the
+station, and therefore we proceeded down the coast to the high
+land of Nasca, where Captain Saunders was directed to join us.
+Here we arrived on the 21st, and were in great expectation of
+meeting with some of the enemy's ships on the coast, as both the
+accounts of former voyages and the information of our prisoners
+assured us that all ships bound to Callao constantly make this
+land, to prevent the danger of running to the leeward of the
+port. But notwithstanding the advantages of this station we saw
+no sail till the 2nd of November, when two ships appeared in
+sight together. We immediately gave them chase, but soon
+perceived that they were the Trial's and Centurion's prizes. We
+found they had not been more fortunate in their cruise than we
+were, for they had seen no vessel since they separated from
+us.</p>
+
+<p>We bore away the same afternoon, taking particular care to
+keep at such a distance from the shore that there might be no
+danger of our being discovered from thence.</p>
+
+<p>By the 5th of November, at three in the afternoon, we were
+advanced within view of the high land of Barranca, and an hour
+and a half afterwards we had the satisfaction we had so long
+wished for, of seeing a sail. She first appeared to leeward, and
+we all immediately gave her chase; but the Centurion so much out
+sailed the two prizes that we soon ran them out of sight, and
+gained considerably on the chase. However, night coming on before
+we came up to her, we about seven o'clock lost sight of her, and
+were in some perplexity what course to steer; but at last Mr.
+Anson resolved, as we were then before the wind, to keep all his
+sails set and not to change his course. For though we had no
+doubt but the chase would alter her course in the night, yet, as
+it was uncertain what tack she would go upon, it was thought more
+prudent to keep on our course, as we must by this means
+unavoidably near her, than to change it on conjecture, when, if
+we should mistake, we must infallibly lose her. Thus, then, we
+continued the chase about an hour and a half in the dark, someone
+or other on board us constantly imagining they discerned her
+sails right ahead of us; but at last Mr. Brett, then our second
+lieutenant, did really discover her about four points on the
+larboard-bow, steering off to the seaward. We immediately clapped
+the helm a-weather and stood for her, and in less than an hour
+came up with her, and having fired fourteen shots at her, she
+struck. Our third lieutenant, Mr. Dennis, was sent in the boat
+with sixteen men to take possession of the prize and to return
+the prisoners to our ship. This ship was named the "Santa Teresa
+de Jesus", built at Guayaquil, of about three hundred tons
+burthen, and was commanded by Bartolome Urrunaga, a Biscayer. She
+was bound from Guayaquil to Callao; her loading consisted of
+timber, cacao, cocoa-nuts, tobacco, hides, Pito thread (which is
+very strong and is made of a species of grass) Quito cloth, wax,
+etc. The specie on board her was inconsiderable, being
+principally small silver money and not amounting to more than 170
+pounds sterling. It is true her cargo was of great value, could
+we have disposed of it, but the Spaniards having strict orders
+never to ransom their ships, all the goods that we took in these
+seas, except what little we had occasion for ourselves, were of
+no advantage to us. Indeed, though we could make no profit
+thereby ourselves, it was some satisfaction to us to consider
+that it was so much really lost to the enemy, and that the
+despoiling them was no contemptible branch of that service in
+which we were now employed by our country.</p>
+
+<p>I have before observed that at the beginning of this chase the
+Centurion ran her two consorts out of sight, for which reason we
+lay by all the night, after we had taken the prize, for Captain
+Saunders and Lieutenant Suamarez to join us, firing guns and
+making false fires every half-hour to prevent their passing us
+unobserved; but they were so far astern that they neither heard
+nor saw any of our signals and were not able to come up with us
+till broad daylight. When they had joined us we proceeded
+together to the northward, being now four sail in company.</p>
+
+<p>DESPOILING THE SPANIARDS.</p>
+
+<p>On the 10th of November we were three leagues south of the
+southernmost island of Lobos, lying in the latitude of 6 degrees
+27 minutes south. We were now drawing near to the station
+appointed to the Gloucester, for which reason, fearing to miss
+her, we made an easy sail all night. The next morning at
+daybreak, we saw a ship in shore, and to windward, plying up to
+the coast. She had passed by us with the favour of the night, and
+we, soon perceiving her not to be the Gloucester, gave her chase;
+but it proving very little wind, so that neither of us could make
+much way, the Commodore ordered the barge, his pinnace, and the
+Trial's pinnace to be manned and armed, and to pursue the chase
+and board her. Lieutenant Brett, who commanded the barge, came up
+with her first, about nine o'clock, and running alongside of her,
+he fired a volley of small shot between the masts, just over the
+heads of the people on board, and then instantly entered with the
+greatest part of his men; but the enemy made no resistance, being
+sufficiently frightened by the dazzling of the cutlasses, and the
+volley they had just received. Lieutenant Brett ordered the sails
+to be trimmed, and bore down to the Commodore, taking up in his
+way the two pinnaces. When he was arrived within about four miles
+of us, he put off in the barge, bringing with him a number of
+prisoners who had given him some material intelligence, which he
+was desirous the Commodore should be acquainted with as soon as
+possible. On his arrival we learned that the prize was called
+"Nuestra Senora del Carmen", of about two hundred and seventy
+tons burthen; she was commanded by Marcos Morena, a native of
+Venice, and had on board forty-three mariners. She was deep laden
+with steel, iron, wax, pepper, cedar, plank, snuff, rosaries,
+European bale goods, powder-blue, cinnamon, Romish indulgences,
+and other species of merchandise. And though this cargo, in our
+present circumstances was but of little value to us, yet with
+respect to the Spaniards it was the most considerable capture
+that fell into our hands in this part of the world; for it
+amounted to upwards of 400,000 dollars prime cost at Panama. This
+ship was bound to Callao, and had stopped at Paita in her passage
+to take in a recruit of water and provisions, and had not left
+that place above twenty-four hours before she fell into our
+hands.</p>
+
+<p>IMPORTANT INTELLIGENCE.</p>
+
+<p>I have mentioned that Mr. Brett had received some important
+intelligence from the prisoners, which he endeavoured to acquaint
+the Commodore with immediately. The first person he received it
+from (though upon further examination it was confirmed by the
+other prisoners) was one John Williams, an Irishman, whom he
+found on board the Spanish vessel. Williams was a Papist, who
+worked his passage from Cadiz, and had travelled over all the
+kingdom of Mexico as a pedlar. He pretended that by this business
+he got 4,000 or 5,000 dollars; but that he was embarrassed by the
+priests, who knew he had money, and was at last stripped of all
+he had. He was, indeed, at present all in rags, being but just
+got out of Paita gaol, where he had been confined for some
+misdemeanour; he expressed great joy upon seeing his countrymen,
+and immediately informed them that a few days before a vessel
+came into Paita, where the master of her informed the Governor
+that he had been chased in the offing by a very large ship,
+which, from her size and the colour of her sails, he was
+persuaded must be one of the English squadron. This we then
+conjectured to have been the Gloucester, as we afterwards found
+it was. The Governor, upon examining the master, was fully
+satisfied of his relation, and immediately sent away an express
+to Lima to acquaint the Viceroy therewith; and the royal officer
+residing at Paita, being apprehensive of a visit from the
+English, was busily employed in removing the King's treasure and
+his own to Piura, a town within land about fourteen leagues
+distant. We further learned from our prisoners that there was a
+very considerable sum of money, belonging to some merchants at
+Lima, that was now lodged at the custom-house at Paita; and that
+this was intended to be shipped on board a vessel which was then
+in the port of Paita, and was preparing to sail with the utmost
+expedition, being bound for the Bay of Sonsonnate, on the coast
+of Mexico, in order to purchase a part of the cargo of the
+Manila ship.* This vessel at Paita was esteemed a prime sailer,
+and had just received a new coat of tallow on her bottom; and, in
+the opinion of the prisoners, she might be able to sail the
+succeeding morning.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. A full account of the Manila ship will be
+found in Chapter 22 below.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>The character they gave us of this vessel, on which the money
+was to be shipped, left us little reason to believe that our
+ship, which had been in the water near two years, could have any
+chance of coming up with her, if we once suffered her to escape
+out of the port. And therefore, as we were now discovered, and
+the coast would be soon alarmed, and as our cruising in these
+parts any longer would answer no purpose, the Commodore resolved
+to surprise the place, having first minutely informed himself of
+its strength and condition, and being fully satisfied that there
+was little danger of losing many of our men in the attempt. <a
+name="anson-18"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 18.<br>
+THE ATTACK ON PAITA.</h2>
+
+<p>The town of Paita is situated in the latitude of 5 degrees 12
+minutes south, in a most barren soil, composed only of sand and
+slate; the extent of it is but small, containing in all less than
+two hundred families. The houses are only ground floors, the
+walls built of split cane and mud, and the roofs thatched with
+leaves. These edifices, though extremely slight, are abundantly
+sufficient for a climate where rain is considered as a prodigy,
+and is not seen in many years; so that it is said that a small
+quantity of rain falling in this country in the year 1728, it
+ruined a great number of buildings, which mouldered away, and, as
+it were, melted before it. The inhabitants of Paita are
+principally Indians and black slaves, or at least a mixed breed,
+the whites being very few. The port of Paita, though in reality
+little more than a bay, is esteemed the best on that part of the
+coast, and is indeed a very secure and commodious anchorage. It
+is greatly frequented by all vessels coming from the north, since
+it is here only that the ships from Acapulco, Sonsonnate, Realejo
+and Panama can touch and refresh in their passage to Callao; and
+the length of these voyages (the wind for the greatest part of
+the year being full against them) renders it impossible to
+perform them without calling upon the coast for a recruit of
+fresh water. It is true, Paita is situated on so parched a spot
+that it does not itself furnish a drop of fresh water, or any
+kind of greens or provisions, except fish and a few goats; but
+there is an Indian town called Colan, about two or three leagues
+distant to the northward, whence water, maize, greens, fowls,
+etc., are brought to Paita on balsas, or floats, for the
+convenience of the ships that touch here; and cattle are
+sometimes brought from Piura, a town which lies about fourteen
+leagues up in the country. The town of Paita is itself an open
+place; its sole protection and defence is a small fort near the
+shore of the bay. It was of consequence to us to be well informed
+of the fabric and strength of this fort; and by the examination
+of our prisoners we found that there were eight pieces of cannon
+mounted in it, but that it had neither ditch nor outwork, being
+only surrounded by a plain brick wall; and that the garrison
+consisted of only one weak company, but the town itself might
+possibly arm three hundred men more.</p>
+
+<p>PREPARING FOR A NIGHT ATTACK.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Anson having informed himself of the strength of the
+place, resolved to attempt it that very night. We were then about
+twelve leagues distant from the shore, far enough to prevent our
+being discovered, yet not so far but that, by making all the sail
+we could, we might arrive in the bay with our ships in the night.
+However, the Commodore prudently considered that this would be an
+improper method of proceeding, as our ships, being such large
+bodies, might be easily discovered at a distance even in the
+night, and might thereby alarm the inhabitants and give them an
+opportunity of removing their valuable effects. He therefore, as
+the strength of the place did not require our whole force,
+resolved to attempt it with our boats only, ordering the
+eighteen-oared barge and our own and the Trial's pinnaces on that
+service; and having picked out fifty-eight men to man them, well
+provided with arms and ammunition, he gave the command of the
+expedition to Lieutenant Brett, and gave him his necessary
+orders. And the better to prevent the disappointment and
+confusion which might arise from the darkness of the night and
+the ignorance of the streets and passages of the place, two of
+the Spanish pilots were ordered to attend the lieutenant and to
+conduct him to the most convenient landing-place, and were
+afterwards to be his guides on shore. And that we might have the
+greater security for their faithful behaviour on this occasion,
+the Commodore took care to assure all our prisoners that if the
+pilots acted properly they should all of them be released and set
+on shore at this place; but in case of any misconduct or
+treachery, he threatened them that the pilots should be instantly
+shot and that he would carry all the rest of the Spaniards who
+were on board him prisoners to England.</p>
+
+<p>During our preparations the ships themselves stood towards the
+port with all the sail they could make, being secure that we were
+yet at too great a distance to be seen. But about ten o'clock at
+night, the ships being then within five leagues of the place,
+Lieutenant Brett, with the boats under his command, put off, and
+arrived at the mouth of the bay without being discovered; but no
+sooner had he entered it than some of the people on board a
+vessel riding at anchor there perceived him, who instantly put
+off in their boat, rowing towards the fort, shouting and crying,
+"The English! the English dogs!" by which the whole town was
+suddenly alarmed; and our people soon observed several lights
+hurrying backwards and forwards in the fort and other marks of
+the inhabitants being in great motion. Lieutenant Brett on this
+encouraged his men to pull briskly up to the shore, that they
+might give the enemy as little time as possible to prepare for
+their defence. However, before our boats could reach the shore,
+the people in the fort had got ready some of their cannon and
+pointed them towards the landing-place; and though in the
+darkness of the night it might be well supposed that chance had a
+greater share than skill in their direction, yet the first shot
+passed extremely near one of the boats, whistling just over the
+heads of the crew. This made our people redouble their efforts,
+so that they had reached the shore, and were in part disembarked
+by the time the second gun fired. As soon as our men landed they
+were conducted by one of the Spanish pilots to the entrance of a
+narrow street, not above fifty yards distant from the beach,
+where they were covered from the fire of the fort; and being
+formed in the best manner the shortness of the time would allow,
+they immediately marched for the parade, which was a large square
+at the end of this street, the fort being one side of the square
+and the Governor's house another. In this march (though performed
+with tolerable regularity) the shouts and clamours of three-score
+sailors who had been confined so long on ship-board, and were now
+for the first time on shore in an enemy's country--joyous as they
+always are when they land, and animated besides in the present
+case with the hopes of an immense pillage--the huzzahs, I say, of
+this spirited detachment, joined with the noise of their drums
+and favoured by the night, had augmented their numbers, in the
+opinion of the enemy, to at least three hundred; by which
+persuasion the inhabitants were so greatly intimidated that they
+were much more solicitous about the means of their flight than of
+their resistance. So that though upon entering the parade our
+people received a volley from the merchants who owned the
+treasure then in the town, and who, with a few others, had ranged
+themselves in a gallery that ran round the Governor's house, yet
+that post was immediately abandoned upon the first fire made by
+our people, who were thereby left in quiet possession of the
+parade.</p>
+
+<p>A SMART PIECE OF WORK.</p>
+
+<p>On this success Lieutenant Brett divided his men into two
+parties, ordering one of them to surround the Governor's house,
+and, if possible, to secure the Governor, whilst he himself with
+the other marched to the fort with an intent to force it. But,
+contrary to his expectation, he entered it without opposition;
+for the enemy, on his approach, abandoned it, and made their
+escape over the walls. By this means the whole place was mastered
+in less than a quarter of an hour's time from the first landing,
+with no other loss than that of one man killed on the spot and
+two wounded, one of whom was the Spanish pilot of the Teresa, who
+received a slight bruise by a ball which grazed on his wrist.
+Indeed, another of the company, the Honourable Mr. Keppel, son to
+the Earl of Albemarle, had a very narrow escape; for having on a
+jockey cap, one side of the peak was shaved off close to his
+temple by a ball, which, however, did him no other injury. And
+now Lieutenant Brett, after this success, placed a guard at the
+fort, and another at the Governor's house, and appointed
+sentinels at all the avenues of the town, both to prevent any
+surprise from the enemy, and to secure the effects in the place
+from being embezzled. And this being done, his next care was to
+seize on the custom-house where the treasure lay, and to examine
+if any of the inhabitants remained in the town, that he might
+know what further precautions it was necessary to take. But he
+soon found that the numbers left behind were no ways formidable;
+for the greatest part of them (being in bed when the place was
+surprised) had run away with so much precipitation that they had
+not given themselves time to put on their clothes. And in this
+precipitate rout the Governor was not the last to secure himself
+for he fled betimes, half-naked. The few inhabitants who remained
+were confined in one of the churches under a guard, except some
+stout Negroes who were found in the place. These, instead of
+being shut up, were employed the remaining part of the night to
+assist in carrying the treasure from the custom-house and other
+places to the fort. However, there was care taken that they
+should be always attended by a file of musketeers.</p>
+
+<p>The transporting the treasure from the custom-house to the
+fort was the principal occupation of Mr. Brett's people after he
+had got possession of the place. But the sailors, while they were
+thus employed, could not be prevented from entering the houses
+which lay near them in search of private pillage. And the first
+things which occurred to them being the clothes which the
+Spaniards in their flight had left behind them, and which,
+according to the custom of the country, were most of them either
+embroidered or laced, our people eagerly seized these glittering
+habits, and put them on over their own dirty trousers and
+jackets; not forgetting, at the same time, the tie or bag-wig,
+and laced hat, which were generally found with the clothes. When
+this practice was once begun there was no preventing the whole
+detachment from imitating it; and those who came latest into the
+fashion, not finding men's clothes sufficient to equip
+themselves, were obliged to take up with women's gowns and
+petticoats, which (provided there was finery enough) they made no
+scruple of putting on and blending with their own greasy dress.
+So that, when a party of them thus ridiculously metamorphosed
+first appeared before Mr. Brett, he was extremely surprised at
+their appearance and could not immediately be satisfied they were
+his own people. <a name="anson-19"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 19.<br>
+THE ATTACK ON PAITA (CONTINUED)--KIND TREATMENT AND RELEASE OF
+THE PRISONERS--THEIR GRATITUDE.</h2>
+
+<p>These were the transactions of our detachment on shore at
+Paita the first night; and now to return to what was done on
+board the Centurion in that interval. I must observe that after
+the boats were gone off we lay by till one o'clock in the
+morning, and then, supposing our detachment to be near landing,
+we made an easy sail for the bay. About seven in the morning we
+began to open the bay, and soon after we had a view of the town;
+and though we had no reason to doubt of the success of the
+enterprise, yet it was with great joy that we first discovered an
+infallible signal of the certainty of our hopes: this was by
+means of our perspectives, for through them we saw an English
+flag hoisted on the flagstaff of the fort, which to us was an
+incontestable proof that our people had got possession of the
+town. We plied into the bay with as much expedition as the wind,
+which then blew off shore, would permit us, and at eleven the
+Trial's boat came on board us, laden with dollars and
+church-plate; and the officer who commanded her informed us of
+the preceding night's transactions, such as we have already
+related them. About two in the afternoon we came to an anchor in
+ten fathoms and a half, at a mile and a half distance from the
+town, and were consequently near enough to have a more immediate
+intercourse with those on shore.</p>
+
+<p>COLLECTING THE TREASURE.</p>
+
+<p>And now we found that Mr. Brett had hitherto gone on in
+collecting and removing the treasure without interruption; but
+that the enemy had rendezvoused from all parts of the country on
+a hill at the back of the town, where they made no inconsiderable
+appearance; for, amongst the rest of their force, there were two
+hundred horse, seemingly very well armed and mounted, and, as we
+conceived, properly trained and regimented, being furnished with
+trumpets, drums, and standards. These troops paraded about the
+hill with great ostentation, sounding their military music and
+practising every art to intimidate us (as our numbers on shore
+were by this time not unknown to them), in hopes that we might be
+induced by our fears to abandon the place before the pillage was
+completed. But we were not so ignorant as to believe that this
+body of horse, which seemed to be what the enemy principally
+depended on, would dare to venture in streets and among houses,
+even had their numbers been three times as great; and therefore,
+notwithstanding their menaces, we went on, as long as the
+daylight lasted, calmly, in sending off the treasure and in
+employing the boats to carry on board the refreshments such as
+hogs, fowls, etc., which we found here in great abundance. But at
+night, to prevent any surprise, the Commodore sent on shore a
+reinforcement, who posted themselves in all the streets leading
+to the parade; and for their greater security they traversed the
+streets with barricades six feet high; and the enemy continuing
+quiet all night, we at daybreak returned again to our labour of
+loading the boats and sending them off.</p>
+
+<p>On the second day of our being in possession of the place,
+several negro slaves deserted from the enemy on the hill, and
+coming into the town, voluntarily entered into our service. One
+of these was well known to a gentleman on board, who remembered
+him formerly at Panama. And the Spaniards without the town being
+in extreme want of water, many of their slaves crept into the
+place by stealth and carried away several jars of water to their
+masters on the hill; and though some of them were seized by our
+men in the attempt, yet the thirst amongst the enemy was so
+pressing that they continued this practice till we left the
+place. And now, on this second day, we were assured, both by the
+deserters and by these prisoners we took, that the Spaniards on
+the hill, who were by this time increased to a formidable number,
+had resolved to storm the town and fort the succeeding night, and
+that one Gordon, a Scotch Papist and captain of a ship in those
+seas, was to have the command of this enterprise. But we,
+notwithstanding, continued sending off our boats, and prosecuted
+our work without the least hurry or precipitation till the
+evening; and then a reinforcement was again sent on shore by the
+Commodore, and Lieutenant Brett doubled his guards at each of the
+barricades; and our posts being connected by means of sentinels
+placed within call of each other, and the whole being visited by
+frequent rounds, attended with a drum, these marks of our
+vigilance cooled their resolution and made them forget the vaunts
+of the preceding day; so that we passed the second night with as
+little molestation as we had done the first.</p>
+
+<p>We had finished sending the treasure on board the Centurion
+the evening before, so that the third morning, being the 15th of
+November, the boats were employed in carrying off the most
+valuable part of the effects that remained in the town. And the
+Commodore intending to sail this day, he about ten o'clock,
+pursuant to his promise, sent all his prisoners, amounting to
+eighty-eight, on shore, giving orders to Lieutenant Brett to
+secure them in one of the churches under a strict guard till he
+was ready to embark his men.</p>
+
+<p>THE BURNING OF PAITA.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Brett was at the same time ordered to set the whole town
+on fire, except the two churches (which by good fortune stood at
+some distance from the other houses), and then he was to abandon
+the place and to come on board. These orders were punctually
+complied with, for Mr. Brett immediately set his men to work to
+distribute pitch, tar, and other combustibles (of which great
+quantities were found here) into houses situated in different
+streets of the town, so that, the place being fired in many
+quarters at the same time, the destruction might be more violent
+and sudden, and the enemy, after our departure, might not be able
+to extinguish it. These preparations being made, he in the next
+place ordered the cannon which he found in the fort to be nailed
+up; and then, setting fire to those houses which were most
+windward, he collected his men and marched towards the beach,
+where the boats waited to carry them off. And the part of the
+beach where he intended to embark being an open place without the
+town, the Spaniards on the hill, perceiving he was retreating,
+resolved to try if they could not precipitate his departure. For
+this purpose a small squadron of their horse, consisting of about
+sixty, picked out as I suppose for this service, marched down the
+hill with much seeming resolution; so that, had we not been
+prepossessed with a juster opinion of their prowess, we might
+have suspected that, now we were on the open beach with no
+advantage of situation, they would certainly have charged us. But
+we presumed (and we were not mistaken) that this was mere
+ostentation; for, notwithstanding the pomp and parade they
+advanced with, Mr. Brett had no sooner ordered his men to halt
+and face about, but the enemy stopped their career and never
+dared to advance a step farther.</p>
+
+<p>Our detachment under Lieutenant Brett having safely joined the
+squadron, the Commodore prepared to leave the place the same
+evening.</p>
+
+<p>ENGLISH HUMANITY.</p>
+
+<p>There remains, before I take leave of this place, another
+particularity to be mentioned, which, on account of the great
+honour which our national character in those parts has thence
+received, and the reputation which our Commodore in particular
+has thereby acquired, merits a distinct and circumstantial
+discussion. It has been already related that all the prisoners
+taken by us in our preceding prizes were put on shore and
+discharged at this place; amongst which there were some persons
+of considerable distinction, particularly a youth of about
+seventeen years of age, son of the Vice-President of the Council
+of Chili. As the barbarity of the buccaneers, and the artful use
+the ecclesiastics had made of it, had filled the natives of those
+countries with the most terrible ideas of the English cruelty, we
+always found our prisoners at their first coming on board us, to
+be extremely dejected and under great horror and anxiety. In
+particular, this youth whom I last mentioned, having never been
+from home before, lamented his captivity in the most moving
+manner, regretting in very plaintive terms his parents, his
+brothers, his sisters, and his native country, of all which he
+was fully persuaded he had taken his last farewell, believing
+that he was now devoted for the remaining part of his life to an
+abject and cruel servitude; nore was he singular in his fears,
+for his companions on board, and indeed all the Spaniards that
+came into our power, had the same desponding opinion of their
+situation. Mr. Anson constantly exerted his utmost endeavours to
+efface these inhuman impressions they had received of us, always
+taking care that as many of the principal people among them as
+there was room for should dine at his table by turns, and giving
+the strictest orders, too, that they should at all times and in
+every circumstance be treated with the utmost decency and
+humanity. But, notwithstanding this precaution, it was generally
+observed that for the first day or two they did not quit their
+fears, but suspected the gentleness of their usage to be only
+preparatory to some unthought-of calamity. However, being
+confirmed by time, they grew perfectly easy in their situation
+and remarkably cheerful, so that it was often disputable whether
+or no they considered their being detained by us as a misfortune.
+For the youth I have above mentioned, who was near two months on
+board us, had at last so far conquered his melancholy surmises,
+and had taken such an affection to Mr. Anson, and seemed so much
+pleased with the manner of life, totally different from all he
+had ever seen before, that it is doubtful to me whether if his
+opinion had been taken, he would not have preferred a voyage to
+England in the Centurion to the being set on shore at Paita,
+where he was at liberty to return to his country and his
+friends.</p>
+
+<p>This conduct of the Commodore to his prisoners, which was
+continued without interruption or deviation, gave them all the
+highest idea of his humanity and benevolence, and induced them
+likewise (as mankind are fond of forming general opinions) to
+entertain very favourable thoughts of the whole English
+nation.</p>
+
+<p>All the prisoners left us with the strongest assurances of
+their grateful remembrance of his uncommon treatment. A Jesuit,
+in particular, whom the Commodore had taken, and who was an
+ecclesiastic of some distinction, could not help expressing
+himself with great thankfulness for the civilities he and his
+countrymen had found on board, declaring that he should consider
+it as his duty to do Mr. Anson justice at all times. <a name=
+"anson-20"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 20.<br>
+A CLEVER TRICK. WATERING AT QUIBO. CATCHING THE TURTLE.</h2>
+
+<p>When we got under sail from the road of Paita we stood to the
+westward, and in the morning the Commodore gave orders that the
+whole squadron should spread themselves, in order to look out for
+the Gloucester; for we now drew near to the station where Captain
+Mitchel had been directed to cruise, and hourly expected to get
+sight of him, but the whole day passed without seeing him.</p>
+
+<p>DOLLARS AMONGST THE COTTON.</p>
+
+<p>At night having no sight of the Gloucester, the Commodore
+ordered the squadron to bring to, that we might not pass her in
+the dark. The next morning we again looked out for her, and at
+ten we saw a sail, to which we gave chase, and at two in the
+afternoon we came near enough her to discover her to be the
+Gloucester, with a small vessel in tow. About an hour after we
+were joined by them, and then we learned that Captain Mitchel in
+the whole time of his cruise, had only taken two prizes, one of
+them being a small snow, whose cargo consisted chiefly of wine,
+brandy, and olives in jars, with about 7,000 pounds in specie;
+and the other a large boat or launch which the Gloucester's barge
+came up with near the shore. The prisoners on board this vessel
+alleged that they were very poor and that their loading consisted
+only of cotton, though the circumstances in which the barge
+surprised them seemed to insinuate that they were more opulent
+than they pretended to be, for the Gloucester's people found them
+at dinner upon pigeon-pie served up in silver dishes. However,
+the officer who commanded the barge having opened several of the
+jars on board to satisfy his curiosity, and finding nothing in
+them but cotton, he was inclined to believe the account the
+prisoners gave him; but the cargo being taken into the
+Gloucester, and there examined more strictly, they were agreeably
+surprised to find that the whole was a very extraordinary piece
+of false package, and that there was concealed amongst the
+cotton, in every jar, a considerable quantity of double doubloons
+and dollars to the amount, in the whole, of near 12,000 pounds.
+This treasure was going to Paita, and belonged to the same
+merchants who were the proprietors of the greatest part of the
+money we had taken there; so that, had this boat escaped the
+Gloucester, it is probable her cargo would have fallen into our
+hands. Besides these two prizes which we have mentioned, the
+Gloucester's people told us that they had been in sight of two or
+three other ships of the enemy, which had escaped them; and one
+of them, we had reason to believe from some of our intelligence,
+was of an immense value.</p>
+
+<p>Being now joined by the Gloucester and her prize, it was
+resolved that we should stand to the northwards, and get as soon
+as possible to the southern parts of California, or to the
+adjacent coast of Mexico, there to cruise for the Manila
+galleon, which we knew was now at sea, bound to the port of
+Acapulco. And we doubted not to get on that station time enough
+to intercept her, for this ship does not usually arrive at
+Acapulco till towards the middle of January, and we were now but
+in the middle of November, and did not conceive that our passage
+thither would cost us above a month or five weeks; so that we
+imagined we had near twice as much time as was necessary for our
+purpose. Indeed there was a business which we foresaw would
+occasions some delay, but we flattered ourselves that it would be
+despatched in four or five days, and therefore could not
+interrupt our project. This was the recruiting of our water. It
+was for some time a matter of deliberation where we should take
+in this necessary article, but by consulting the accounts of
+former navigators, and examining our prisoners, we at last
+resolved for the island of Quibo, situated at the mouth of the
+Bay of Panama.</p>
+
+<p>Having determined, therefore, to go to Quibo, we directed our
+course to the northward.</p>
+
+<p>On the 25th we had a sight of the island of Gallo, and hence
+we crossed the Bay of Panama. Being now in a rainy climate, which
+we had been long disused to, we found it necessary to caulk the
+sides of the Centurion, to prevent the rain-water from running
+into her. On the 3rd of December we had a view of the island of
+Quibo, and at seven in the evening of the 5th we came to an
+anchor in thirty-three fathoms.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, after our coming to an anchor, an officer
+was despatched on shore to discover the watering-place, who
+having found it, returned before noon; and then we sent the
+long-boat for a load of water. This island of Quibo is extremely
+convenient for wooding and watering; for the trees grow close to
+the high-water mark and a large rapid stream of fresh water runs
+over the sandy beach into the sea, so that we were little more
+than two days in laying in all the wood and water we wanted.</p>
+
+<p>CATCHING THE TURTLE.</p>
+
+<p>The sea at this place furnished us with turtle in the greatest
+plenty and perfection. The green turtle is generally esteemed, by
+the greatest part of those who are acquainted with its taste, to
+be the most delicious of all eatables; and that it is a most
+wholesome food we are amply convinced by our own experience. For
+we fed on it for near four months, and consequently, had it been
+in any degree noxious, its ill effects could not possibly have
+escaped us.</p>
+
+<p>At this island we took what quantity we pleased with great
+facility; for as they are an amphibious animal, and get on shore
+to lay their eggs, which they generally deposit in a large hole
+in the sand, just above the high-water mark, covering them up and
+leaving them to be hatched by the heat of the sun, we usually
+dispersed several of our men along the beach, whose business it
+was to turn them on their backs when they came to land; and the
+turtle being thereby prevented from getting away, we carried them
+off at our leisure. By this means we not only secured a
+sufficient stock for the time we stayed on the island, but we
+took a number of them with us to sea, which proved of great
+service both in lengthening out our store of provision, and in
+heartening the whole crew with an almost constant supply of fresh
+and palatable food. For the turtle being large, they generally
+weighing about 200 pounds weight each, those we took with us
+lasted us near a month, and by that time we met with a fresh
+recruit on the coast of Mexico, where we often saw them in the
+heat of the day floating in great numbers on the surface of the
+water fast asleep. When we discovered them, we usually sent out
+our boat with a man in the bow, who was a dexterous diver, and
+when the boat came within a few yards of the turtle, the diver
+plunged into the water, and took care to rise close upon it,
+seizing the shell near the tail, and pressing down the hinder
+parts. The turtle, when awakened, began to strike with its claws,
+which motion supported both it and the diver, till the boat came
+up and took them in. By this management we never wanted turtle
+for the succeeding four months in which we continued at sea. <a
+name="anson-21"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 21.<br>
+DELAY AND DISAPPOINTMENT--CHASING A HEATH FIRE--ACAPULCO--THE
+Manila GALLEON--FRESH HOPES.</h2>
+
+<p>On the 12th of December we stood from Quibo to the westward.
+We had little doubt of arriving soon upon our intended station,*
+as we expected, upon increasing our offing from Quibo, to fall in
+with the regular trade wind. But, to our extreme vexation, we
+were baffled for near a month, either with tempestuous weather
+from the western quarter, or with dead calms and heavy rains,
+attended with a sultry air. As our hopes were so long baffled,
+and our patience quite exhausted, we began at length to despair
+of succeeding in the great purpose we had in view, that of
+intercepting the Manila galleon; and this produced a general
+dejection amongst us, as we had at first considered this project
+as almost infallible, and had indulged ourselves in the most
+boundless hopes of the advantages we should thence receive.
+However, our despondency was at last somewhat alleviated by a
+favourable change of the wind; for on the 9th of January a gale
+for the first time sprang up from the north-east. As we advanced
+apace towards our station our hopes began to revive, for though
+the customary season of the arrival of the galleon at Acapulco
+was already elapsed, yet we were by this time unreasonable enough
+to flatter ourselves that some accidental delay might, for our
+advantage, lengthen out her passage beyond its usual limits. On
+the 26th of January, being then to the northward of Acapulco, we
+tacked and stood to the eastward, with a view of making the
+land.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Off Cape Corrientes (20 degrees 20 minutes
+north). Anson hoped to intercept the Manila galleon
+here.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>A MORTIFYING DELUSION.</p>
+
+<p>We expected by our reckonings to have fallen in with it on the
+28th; but though the weather was perfectly clear, we had no sight
+of it at sunset, and therefore we continued on our course, not
+doubting but we should see it by the next morning. About ten at
+night we discovered a light on the larboard-bow, bearing from us
+north-north-east. The Trial's prize, too, which was about a mile
+ahead of us, made a signal at the same time for seeing a sail;
+and as we had none of us any doubt but what we saw was a ship's
+light, we were all extremely animated with a firm persuasion that
+it was the Manila galleon, which had been so long the object of
+our wishes. And what added to our alacrity was our expectation of
+meeting with two of them instead of one, for we took it for
+granted that the light in view was carried in the top of one ship
+for a direction to her consort. We chased the light, keeping all
+our hands at their respective quarters, under an expectation of
+engaging in the next half-hour, as we sometimes conceived the
+chase to be about a mile distant, and at other times to be within
+reach of our guns; and some on board us positively averred that
+besides the light they could plainly discern her sails. The
+Commodore himself was so fully persuaded that we should be soon
+alongside of her, that he sent for his first Lieutenant, who
+commanded between decks, and directed him to see all the great
+guns loaded with two round-shot for the first broadside, and
+after that with one round-shot and one grape, strictly charging
+him at the same time not to suffer a gun to be fired till he, the
+Commodore, should give orders, which he informed the Lieutenant
+would not be till we arrived within pistol-shot of the enemy. In
+this constant and eager attention we continued all night, always
+presuming that another quarter of an hour would bring us up with
+this Manila ship, whose wealth, with that of her supposed
+consort, we now estimated by round millions. But when the morning
+broke and daylight came on, we were most strangely and
+vexatiously disappointed by finding that the light which had
+occasioned all this bustle and expectancy was only a fire on the
+shore. And yet I believe there was no person on board who doubted
+of its being a ship's light, or of its being near at hand. It
+was, indeed, upon a very high mountain, and continued burning for
+several days afterwards. It was not a volcano, but, rather, as I
+suppose, stubble or heath set on fire for some purpose of
+agriculture.</p>
+
+<p>At sun-rising, after this mortifying delusion, we found
+ourselves about nine leagues off the land. On this land we
+observed two remarkable hummocks, such as are usually called
+paps; these a Spanish pilot and two Indians, who were the only
+persons amongst us that pretended to have traded in this part of
+the world, affirmed to be over the harbour of Acapulco. Indeed,
+we very much doubted their knowledge of the coast, for we found
+these paps to be in the latitude of 17 degrees 56 minutes,
+whereas those over Acapulco are said to be in 17 degrees only,
+and we afterwards found our suspicions of their skill to be well
+grounded.</p>
+
+<p>And now, being in the track of the Manila galleon, it was a
+great doubt with us (as it was near the end of January) whether
+she was or was not arrived. And as we now began to want a harbour
+to refresh our people, the uncertainty of our present situation
+gave us great uneasiness, and we were very solicitous to get some
+positive intelligence, which might either set us at liberty to
+consult our necessities, if the galleon was arrived, or might
+animate us to continue on our present cruise with cheerfulness if
+she was not. With this view the Commodore, after examining our
+prisoners very particularly, resolved to send a boat, under
+colour of the night, into the harbour of Acapulco to see if the
+Manila ship was there or not. To execute this project, the barge
+was despatched the 6th of February. She did not return to us
+again till the 11th, when the officers acquainted Mr. Anson,
+that, agreeable to our suspicion, there was nothing like a
+harbour in the place where the Spanish pilots had at first
+asserted Acapulco to lie; that, when they had satisfied
+themselves in this particular, they steered to the eastward in
+hopes of discovering it, and had coasted along shore thirty-two
+leagues; that in this whole range they met chiefly with sandy
+beaches of a great length, over which the sea broke with so much
+violence that it was impossible for a boat to land; that at the
+end of their run they could just discover two paps at a very
+great distance to the eastward, which from their appearance and
+their latitude they concluded to be those in the neighbourhood of
+Acapulco, but that, not having a sufficient quantity of fresh
+water and provision for their passage thither and back again,
+they were obliged to return to the Commodore to acquaint him with
+their disappointment. On this intelligence we all made sail to
+the eastward, in order to get into the neighbourhood of that
+port, the Commodore resolving to send the barge a second time
+upon the same enterprise when we were arrived within a moderate
+distance. And the next day, which was the 12th of February, we
+being by that time considerably advanced, the barge was again
+despatched, and particular instructions given to the officers to
+preserve themselves from being seen from the shore. On the 19th
+of February she returned, and we found that we were indeed
+disappointed in our expectation of intercepting the galleon
+before her arrival at Acapulco; but we learned other
+circumstances which still revived our hopes, and which, we then
+conceived, would more than balance the opportunity we had already
+lost. For though our negro prisoners* informed us that the
+galleon arrived at Acapulco on our 9th of January, which was
+about twenty days before we fell in with this coast, yet they at
+the same time told us that the galleon had delivered her cargo
+and was taking in water and provisions for her return, and that
+the Viceroy of Mexico had by proclamation fixed her departure
+from Acapulco to the 14th of March, New Style.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Three negroes in a fishing canoe had been
+captured by the Centurion's barge off Acapulco
+harbour.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>This last news was most joyfully received by us, as we had no
+doubt but she must certainly fall into our hands, and as it was
+much more eligible to seize her on her return than it would have
+been to have taken her before her arrival, as the specie for
+which she had sold her cargo, and which she would now have on
+board, would be prodigiously more to be esteemed by us than the
+cargo itself, great part of which would have perished on our
+hands, and no part of it could have been disposed of by us at so
+advantageous a mart as Acapulco.</p>
+
+<p>Thus we were a second time engaged in an eager expectation of
+meeting with this Manila ship, which, by the fame of its wealth,
+we had been taught to consider as the most desirable prize that
+was to be met with in any part of the globe. <a name=
+"anson-22"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 22.<br>
+THE Manila* TRADE.</h2>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The capital of Luzon, the chief island of the
+Philippine group. The Philippines were discovered in 1521 by
+Magellan, who was killed there by the natives. They were annexed
+by Spain in 1571 and were ceded to the United States of America
+in 1898, together with Cuba, after the brave but futile attempt
+of the Spaniards to preserve what were almost the last relics of
+their colonial dominions.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>The trade carried on from Manila to China, and different
+parts of India, is principally for such commodities as are
+intended to supply the kingdoms of Mexico and Peru. These are
+spices; all sorts of Chinese silks and manufactures, particularly
+silk stockings, of which I have heard that no less than 50,000
+pairs were the usual number shipped on board the annual ship;
+vast quantities of Indian stuffs--as calicoes and chintzes, which
+are much worn in America; together with other minuter
+articles--as goldsmith's work, etc., which is principally done at
+the city of Manila itself by the Chinese, for it is said there
+are at least 20,000 Chinese who constantly reside there, either
+as servants, manufacturers, or brokers. All these different
+commodities are collected at Manila, thence to be transported
+annually in one or more ships to the port of Acapulco.</p>
+
+<p>THE Manila SHIP.</p>
+
+<p>This trade from Manila to Acapulco and back again is usually
+carried on in one or at most two annual ships, which set sail
+from Manila about July, arrive at Acapulco in the December,
+January, or February following, and, having there disposed of
+their effects, return for Manila some time in March, where they
+generally arrive in June, so that the whole voyage takes up very
+near an entire year. For this reason, though there is often no
+more than one ship employed at a time, yet there is always one
+ready for the sea when the other arrives, and therefore the
+commerce at Manila are provided with three or four stout ships
+that, in case of any accident, the trade may not be suspended.
+The largest of these ships, whose name I have not learned, is
+described as little less than one of our first-rate men-of-war,
+and indeed she must be of an enormous size, for it is known that
+when she was employed with other ships from the same port to
+cruise for our China trade, she had no less than 1,200 men on
+board. Their other ships, though far inferior in bulk to this,
+are yet stout, large vessels, of the burthen of 1,200 tons and
+upwards, and usually carry from 350 to 600 hands, passengers
+included, with fifty odd guns. As these are all King's ships,
+commissioned and paid by him, there is usually one of the
+captains who is styled the "General," and who carries the royal
+standard of Spain at the main-topgallant masthead.</p>
+
+<p>The ship having received her cargo on board and being fitted
+for the sea, generally weighs from the mole of Cabite about the
+middle of July, taking advantage of the westerly monsoon which
+then sets in to carry them to sea. When they are clear of the
+islands they stand to the northward of the east, in order to get
+into the latitude of thirty odd degrees, when they expect to meet
+with westerly winds, before which they run away for the coast of
+California. It is most remarkable that, by the concurrent
+testimony of all the Spanish navigators, there is not one port,
+nor even a tolerable road, as yet found out betwixt the
+Philippine Islands and the coast of California and Mexico,* so
+that from the time the Manila ship first loses sight of land she
+never lets go her anchor till she arrives on the coast of
+California, and very often not till she gets to its southernmost
+extremity.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The Sandwich Islands were discovered by
+Captain Cook in 1779. The Spanish ships had usually crossed the
+Pacific 9 or 10 degrees south of them.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>ACAPULCO.</p>
+
+<p>The most usual time of the arrival of the galleon at Acapulco
+is towards the middle of January, but this navigation is so
+uncertain that she sometimes gets in a month sooner, and at other
+times has been detained at sea above a month longer. The port of
+Acapulco is by much the securest and finest in all the northern
+parts of the Pacific Ocean, being as it were, a basin surrounded
+with very high mountains, but the town is a most wretched place
+and extremely unhealthy, for the air about it is so pent up by
+the hills that it has scarcely any circulation. The place is,
+besides, destitute of fresh water, except what is brought from a
+considerable distance, and is in all respects so inconvenient
+that except at the time of the mart, whilst the Manila galleon
+is in the port, it is almost deserted. When the galleon arrives
+in this port she is generally moored on its western side, and her
+cargo is delivered with all possible expedition; and now the town
+of Acapulco, from almost a solitude, is immediately thronged with
+merchants from all parts of the kingdom of Mexico. The cargo
+being landed and disposed of, the silver and the goods intended
+for Manila are taken on board, together with provisions and
+water, and the ship prepares to put to sea with the utmost
+expedition. There is indeed no time to be lost, for it is an
+express order to the captain to be out of the port of Acapulco on
+his return before the first day of April, New Style.</p>
+
+<p>And having mentioned the goods intended for Manila, I must
+observe that the principal return is always made in silver, and
+consequently the rest of the cargo is but of little account; the
+other articles, besides the silver, being some cochineal and a
+few sweetmeats, the produce of the American settlements, together
+with European millinery ware for the women at Manila, and some
+Spanish wines. And this difference in the cargo of the ship to
+and from Manila occasions a very remarkable variety in the
+manner of equipping the ship for these two different voyages. For
+the galleon, when she sets sail from Manila, being deep laden
+with a variety of bulky goods, has not the conveniency of
+mounting her lower tier of guns, but carries them in her hold
+till she draws near Cape St. Lucas and is apprehensive of an
+enemy. Her hands, too, are as few as is consistent with the
+safety of the ship, that she may be less pestered with the
+stowage of provisions. But on her return from Acapulco, as her
+cargo lies in less room, her lower tier is, or ought to be,
+always mounted before she leaves the port, and her crew is
+augmented with a supply of sailors and with one or two companies
+of foot, which are intended to reinforce the garrison at Manila.
+And there being, besides, many merchants who take their passage
+to Manila on board the galleon, her whole number of hands on her
+return is usually little short of six hundred, all which are
+easily provided for by reason of the small stowage necessary for
+the silver.</p>
+
+<p>The galleon being thus fitted for her return, the captain, on
+leaving the port of Acapulco, steers for the latitude of 13 or 14
+degrees, and runs on that parallel till he gets sight of the
+island of Guam, one of the Ladrones. The captain is told in his
+instructions that, to prevent his passing the Ladrones in the
+dark, there are orders given that thorough all the month of June
+fires shall be lighted every night on the highest part of Guam
+and Rota, and kept in till the morning. At Guam there is a small
+Spanish garrison, purposely intended to secure that place for the
+refreshment of the galleon and to yield her all the assistance in
+their power. However, the danger of the road at Guam is so great,
+that though the galleon is ordered to call there, yet she rarely
+stays above a day or two, but getting her water and refreshments
+on board as soon as possible, she steers away directly for Cape
+Espiritu Santo, on the island of Samal.*</p>
+
+<p>TELEGRAPHY BY BEACON.</p>
+
+<p>Here the captain is again ordered to look out for signals, and
+he is told that sentinels will be posted, not only on that cape,
+but likewise in Catanduanas, Butusan, Birriborongo, and on the
+island of Batan. These sentinels are instructed to make a fire
+when they discover the ship, which the captain is carefully to
+observe; for if after this first fire is extinguished he
+perceives that four or more are lighted up again, he is then to
+conclude that there are enemies on the coast, and on this he is
+immediately to endeavour to speak with the sentinel on shore, and
+to procure from him more particular intelligence of their force
+and of the station they cruise in, pursuant to which he is to
+regulate his conduct, and to endeavour to gain some secure port
+amongst those islands without coming in sight of the enemy; and
+in case he should be discovered when in port, and should be
+apprehensive of an attack, he is then to land his treasure and to
+take some of his artillery on shore for its defence, not
+neglecting to send frequent and particular accounts to the city
+of Manila of all that passes. But if after the first fire on
+shore the captain observes that two others only are made by the
+sentinels, he is then to conclude that there is nothing to fear,
+and he is to pursue his course without interruption, and to make
+the best of his way to the port of Cabite, which is the port to
+the city of Manila, and the constant station for all the ships
+employed in this commerce to Acapulco.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Samal or Samar is an island about the centre
+of the Philippines, north of Mindanao.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-23"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 23.<br>
+WAITING FOR THE GALLEON--DISAPPOINTMENT--CHEQUETAN.</h2>
+
+<p>On the 1st of March we made the highlands over Acapulco, and
+got with all possible expedition into the situation prescribed by
+the Commodore's orders.*</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The two men-of-war and the three prizes were
+arranged out of sight of the land in "a circular line," the two
+extremities of which were thirty-six miles apart. Within this
+line, and much nearer to the port, especially at night, were two
+cutters, whose duty it was to watch the mouth of the harbour and
+signal to the ships outside them.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>And now we expected with the utmost impatience the 3rd of
+March, the day fixed for her departure. And on that day we were
+all of us most eagerly engaged in looking out towards Acapulco;
+and we were so strangely prepossessed with the certainty of our
+intelligence, and with an assurance of her coming out of port,
+that some or other on board us were constantly imagining that
+they discovered one of our cutters returning with a signal. But
+to our extreme vexation, both this day and the succeeding night
+passed over without any news of the galleon. However, we did not
+yet despair, but were all heartily disposed to flatter ourselves
+that some unforeseen accident had intervened which might have put
+off her departure for a few days; and suggestions of this kind
+occurred in plenty, as we knew that the time fixed by the Viceroy
+for her sailing was often prolonged on the petition of the
+merchants of Mexico. Thus we kept up our hopes, and did not abate
+of our vigilance; and as the 7th of March was Sunday, the
+beginning of Passion Week, which is observed by the Papists with
+great strictness and a total cessation from all kinds of labour,
+so that no ship is permitted to stir out of port during the whole
+week, this quieted our apprehensions for some days, and disposed
+us not to expect the galleon till the week following. On the
+Friday in this week our cutters returned to us, and the officers
+on board them were very confident that the galleon was still in
+port, for that she could not possibly have come out but they must
+have seen her. On the Monday morning succeeding Passion
+Week--that is, on the 15th of March--the cutters were again
+despatched to their old station, and our hopes were once more
+indulged in as sanguine prepossessions as before; but in a week's
+time our eagerness was greatly abated, and a general dejection
+and despondency took place in its room. For we were persuaded
+that the enemy had by some accident discovered our being upon the
+coast, and had therefore laid an embargo on the galleon till the
+next year. And indeed this persuasion was but too well founded;
+for we afterwards learned that our barge, when sent on the
+discovery of the port of Acapulco, had been seen from the shore,
+and that this circumstance (no embarkations but canoes ever
+frequenting that coast) was to them a sufficient proof of the
+neighbourhood of our squadron, on which they stopped the galleon
+till the succeeding year.</p>
+
+<p>SHORT OF WATER.</p>
+
+<p>When we had taken up the cutters, all the ships being joined,
+the Commodore made a signal to speak with their commanders, and
+upon enquiry into the stock of fresh water remaining on board the
+squadron, it was found to be so very slender that we were under
+necessity of quitting our station to procure a fresh supply. And
+consulting what place was the properest for this purpose, it was
+agreed that the harbour of Seguataneo, or Chequetan, being the
+nearest to us, was on that account the most eligible, and it was
+therefore immediately resolved to make the best of our way
+thither. By the 1st of April we were so far advanced towards
+Seguataneo that we thought it expedient to send out two boats,
+that they might range along the coast and discover the
+watering-place. They were gone some days, and our water being now
+very short, it was a particular felicity to us that we met with
+daily supplies of turtle; for had we been entirely confined to
+salt provisions, we must have suffered extremely in so warm a
+climate. Indeed, our present circumstances were sufficiently
+alarming, and gave the most considerate amongst us as much
+concern as any of the numerous perils we had hitherto
+encountered; for our boats, as we conceived by their not
+returning, had not as yet discovered a place proper to water at,
+and by the leakage of our casks and other accidents we had not
+ten days' water on board the whole squadron; so that, from the
+known difficulty of procuring water on this coast, and the little
+reliance we had on the buccaneer writers (the only guides we had
+to trust to), we were apprehensive of being soon exposed to a
+calamity, the most terrible of any in the long, disheartening
+catalogue of the distresses of a seafaring life.</p>
+
+<p>But these gloomy suggestions were soon happily ended, for our
+boats returned on the 5th of April, having discovered a place
+proper for our purpose about seven miles to the westward of the
+rocks of Seguataneo, which by the description they gave of it,
+appeared to be the port called by Dampier* the harbour of
+Chequetan. On the 7th we stood in, and that evening came to an
+anchor in eleven fathoms. Thus, after a four months' continuance
+at sea from the leaving of Quibo, and having but six days' water
+on board, we arrived in the harbour of Chequetan.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Dampier (1652 to 1715), the son of a tenant
+farmer, near Yeovil, played many parts in his time. He was a
+buccaneer, a pirate, a circumnavigator, an author, a captain in
+the navy and an hydrographer. His 'Voyage Round the World',
+published in 1697, procured him a command in the navy; but though
+an excellent seaman, he proved an incapable commander, as his
+buccaneer comrades had doubtless foreseen, for he had never been
+entrusted with any command among them.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-24"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 24.<br>
+THE PRIZES SCUTTLED--NEWS OF THE SQUADRON REACHES ENGLAND--BOUND
+FOR CHINA.</h2>
+
+<p>The next morning after our coming to an anchor in the harbour
+of Chequetan, we sent about ninety of our men well armed on
+shore, forty of whom were ordered to march into the country, and
+the remaining fifty were employed to cover the watering-place and
+to prevent any interruption from the natives. Here it was agreed
+after a mature consultation to destroy the Trial's prize, as well
+as the Carmelo and Carmen, whose fate had been before resolved
+on. Indeed, the ship was in good repair and fit for the sea; but
+as the whole number on board our squadron did not amount to the
+complement of a fourth-rate man-of-war, we found it was
+impossible to divide them into three ships without rendering them
+incapable of navigating in safety in the tempestuous weather we
+had reason to expect on the coast of China, where we supposed we
+should arrive about the time of the change of the monsoons. These
+considerations determined the Commodore to destroy the Trial's
+prize and to reinforce the Gloucester with the greatest part of
+her crew. And in consequence of this resolve, all the stores on
+board the Trial's prize were removed into the other ships, and
+the prize herself, with the Carmelo and Carmen, were prepared for
+scuttling with all the expedition we were masters of. But the
+great difficulties we were under in laying in a store of water,
+together with the necessary repairs of our rigging and other
+unavoidable occupations, took us up so much time, and found us
+such unexpected employment, that it was near the end of April
+before we were in a condition to leave the place.</p>
+
+<p>During our stay here there happened an incident which proved
+the means of convincing our friends in England of our safety,
+which for some time they had despaired of and were then in doubt
+about. From this harbour of Chequetan there was but one pathway,
+which led through the woods into the country. This we found much
+beaten, and were thence convinced that it was well known to the
+inhabitants. As it passed by the spring-head, and was the only
+avenue by which the Spaniards could approach us, we, at some
+distance beyond the spring-head, felled several large trees and
+laid them one upon the other across the path, and at this
+barricade we constantly kept a guard, and we, besides, ordered
+our men employed in watering to have their arms ready and, in
+case of any alarm, to march instantly to this spot; and though
+our principal intention was to prevent our being disturbed by any
+sudden attack of the enemy's horse, yet it answered another
+purpose which was not in itself less important, this was to
+hinder our own people from straggling singly into the country,
+where we had reason to believe they would be surprised by the
+Spaniards, who would doubtless be extremely solicitous to pick up
+some of them in hopes of getting intelligence of our future
+designs. To avoid this inconvenience, the strictest orders were
+given to the sentinels to let no person whatever pass beyond
+their post.</p>
+
+<p>THE COMMODORE'S COOK.</p>
+
+<p>But, notwithstanding this precaution, we missed one Lewis
+Leger, who was the Commodore's cook, and as he was a Frenchman,
+and suspected to be a Papist, it was by some imagined that he had
+deserted with a view of betraying all that he knew to the enemy;
+but this appeared by the event to be an ill-grounded surmise, for
+it was afterwards known that he had been taken by some Indians,
+who carried him prisoner to Acapulco, whence he was transferred
+to Mexico and then to Vera Cruz, where he was shipped on board a
+vessel bound to Old Spain; and the vessel being obliged by some
+accident to put into Lisbon, Leger escaped on shore, and was by
+the British consul sent thence to England, where he brought the
+first authentic account of the safety of the Commodore, and of
+what he had done in the South Seas. The relation he gave of his
+own seizure was that he had rambled into the woods at some
+distance from the barricade, where he had first attempted to
+pass, but had been stopped and threatened to be punished; that
+his principal view was to get a quantity of limes for his
+master's store, and that in this occupation he was surprised
+unawares by four Indians, who stripped him naked and carried him
+in that condition to Acapulco, exposed to the scorching heat of
+the sun, which at that time of the year shone with its greatest
+violence. And afterwards at Mexico his treatment in prison was
+sufficiently severe, and the whole course of his captivity was a
+continued instance of the hatred which the Spaniards bear to all
+those who endeavour to disturb them in the peaceable possession
+of the coasts of the South Seas. Indeed, Leger's fortune was,
+upon the whole, extremely singular, for after the hazards he had
+run in the Commodore's squadron, and the severities he had
+suffered in his long confinement amongst the enemy, a more fatal
+disaster attended him on his return to England; for though, when
+he arrived in London, some of Mr. Anson's friends interested
+themselves in relieving him from the poverty to which his
+captivity had reduced him, yet he did not long enjoy the benefit
+of their humanity, for he was killed in an insignificant night
+brawl, the cause of which could scarcely be discovered.</p>
+
+<p>On the 28th of April the Centurion and the Gloucester weighed
+anchor. Being now in the offing of Chequetan, bound across the
+vast Pacific Ocean in our way to China, we were impatient to run
+off the coast as soon as possible, as the stormy season was
+approaching apace, and we had no further views in the American
+seas.</p>
+
+<p>The sending away our prisoners* was our last transaction on
+the American coast, for no sooner had we parted with them than we
+and the Gloucester made sail to the south-west, proposing to get
+a good offing from the land, where we hoped in a few days to meet
+with the regular trade-wind. It has been esteemed no uncommon
+passage to run from hence to the easternmost parts of Asia in two
+months, and we flattered ourselves that we were as capable of
+making an expeditious passage as any ship that had ever run this
+course before us; so that we hoped soon to gain the coast of
+China. On the 6th of May we for the last time lost sight of the
+mountains of Mexico, persuaded that in a few weeks we should
+arrive at the river of Canton in China, where we expected to meet
+with many English ships, and numbers of our countrymen, and hoped
+to enjoy the advantages of an amicable, well-frequented spot,
+inhabited by a polished people, and abounding with the
+conveniences and indulgences of a civilised life--blessings which
+now for nearly twenty months had never been once in our
+power.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Before leaving the American coast for China,
+Anson released fifty-seven of his prisoners, including all the
+Spaniards, and sent them to Acapulco. A certain number of natives
+were retained to assist in working the ships. There had been some
+previous attempt at correspondence between Anson and the Spanish
+governor of Acapulco. The latter, with Spanish courtesy, when
+answering Anson's letter, despatched with his answer "a present
+of two boats laden with the choicest refreshments and provisions
+which were to be found in Acapulco." Unfortunately the boats were
+unable to find Anson, and he never received either the letter or
+the present.)</blockquote>
+
+<a name="anson-25"></a>
+<h2>CHAPTER 25.<br>
+DELAYS AND ACCIDENTS--SCURVY AGAIN--A LEAK--THE GLOUCESTER
+ABANDONED.</h2>
+
+<p>When on the 6th of May, 1742, we left the coast of America, we
+stood to the south-west with a view of meeting with the
+north-east trade wind, which the accounts of former writers made
+us expect at seventy or eighty leagues distance from the land. We
+had, besides, another reason for standing to the southward, which
+was the getting into the latitude of 13 or 14 degrees north, that
+being the parallel where the Pacific Ocean is most usually
+crossed, and consequently where the navigation is esteemed the
+safest. This last purpose we had soon answered, being in a day or
+two sufficiently advanced to the south. At the same time we were
+also farther from the shore than we had presumed was necessary
+for falling in with the tradewind; but in this particular we were
+most grievously disappointed, for the wind still continued to the
+westward, or at best variable. As the getting into the north-east
+trade was to us a matter of the last consequence, we stood more
+to the southward, and made many experiments to meet with it, but
+all our efforts were for a long time unsuccessful, so that it was
+seven weeks from our leaving the coast before we got into the
+true trade wind.</p>
+
+<p>CONTRARY AND VARIABLE WINDS.</p>
+
+<p>This was an interval in which we believed we should well-nigh
+have reached the easternmost parts of Asia, but we were so
+baffled with the contrary and variable winds which for all that
+time perplexed us, that we were not as yet advanced above a
+fourth part of the way. The delay alone would have been a
+sufficient mortification, but there were other circumstances
+attending it which rendered this situation not less terrible, and
+our apprehensions perhaps still greater, than in any of our past
+distresses, for our two ships were by this time extremely crazy,
+and many days had not passed before we discovered a spring in the
+foremast of the Centurion, which rounded about twenty-six inches
+of its circumference, and which was judged to be at least four
+inches deep; and no sooner had our carpenters secured this with
+fishing it but the Gloucester made a signal of distress, and we
+learned that she had a dangerous spring in her mainmast, so that
+she could not carry any sail upon it. Our carpenters, on a strict
+examination of this mast, found it so very rotten and decayed
+that they judged it necessary to cut it down as low as it
+appeared to have been injured, and by this it was reduced to
+nothing but a stump, which served only as a step to the topmast.
+These accidents augmented our delay and occasioned us great
+anxiety about our future security, for on our leaving the coast
+of Mexico the scurvy had begun to make its appearance again
+amongst our people, though from our departure from Juan Fernandez
+we had till then enjoyed a most uninterrupted state of health. We
+too well knew the effects of this disease from our former fatal
+experience to suppose that anything but a speedy passage could
+secure the greater part of our crew from perishing by it, and as,
+after being seven weeks at sea, there did not appear any reasons
+that could persuade us we were nearer the trade wind than when we
+first set out, there was no ground for us to suppose but our
+passage would prove at least three times as long as we at first
+expected, and consequently we had the melancholy prospect either
+of dying by the scurvy or perishing with the ship for want of
+hands to navigate her.</p>
+
+<p>SLOW PROGRESS.</p>
+
+<p>When we reached the trade wind, and it settled between the
+north and the east, yet it seldom blew with so much strength but
+the Centurion might have carried all her small sails abroad with
+the greatest safety, so that now, had we been a single ship, we
+might have run down our longitude apace, and have reached the
+Ladrones soon enough to have recovered great numbers of our men
+who afterwards perished. But the Gloucester, by the loss of her
+mainmast, sailed so very heavily that we had seldom any more than
+our topsails set, and yet were frequently obliged to lie to for
+her, and I conceive that in the whole we lost little less than a
+month by our attendance upon her, in consequence of the various
+mischances she encountered. In all this run it was remarkable
+that we were rarely many days together without seeing great
+numbers of birds, which is a proof that there are many islands,
+or at least rocks, scattered all along at no very considerable
+distance from our track. Some indeed there are marked in Spanish
+charts, but the frequency of the birds seems to evince that there
+are many more than have been hitherto discovered, for the
+greatest part of the birds, we observed, were such as are known
+to roost on shore, and the manner of their appearance
+sufficiently made out that they came from some distant haunt
+every morning, and returned thither again in the evening, for we
+never saw them early or late, and the hour of their arrival and
+departure gradually varied, which we supposed was occasioned by
+our running nearer their haunts or getting farther from them.</p>
+
+<p>The trade wind continued to favour us without any fluctuation
+from the end of June till towards the end of July, but on the
+26th of July, being then, as we esteemed, about three hundred
+leagues distant from the Ladrones, we met with a westerly wind,
+which did not come about again to the eastward in four days'
+time. This was a most dispiriting incident, as it at once damped
+all our hopes of speedy relief, especially, too, as it was
+attended with a vexatious accident to the Gloucester, for in one
+part of those four days the wind flattened to a calm, and the
+ships rolled very deep, by which means the Gloucester's forecap
+split and her topmast came by the board and broke her foreyard
+directly in the slings. As she was hereby rendered incapable of
+making any sail for some time, we were obliged, as soon as a gale
+sprung up, to take her in tow, and near twenty of the healthiest
+and ablest of our seaman were taken from the business of our own
+ship and were employed for eight or ten days together on board
+the Gloucester in repairing her damages. But these things,
+mortifying as we thought them, were but the beginning of our
+disasters, for scarce had our people finished their business in
+the Gloucester before we met with a most violent storm in the
+western board, which obliged us to lie to. In the beginning of
+this storm our ship sprung a leak, and let in so much water that
+all our people, officers included, were employed continually in
+working the pumps, and the next day we had the vexation to see
+the Gloucester with her topmast once more by the board, and
+whilst we were viewing her with great concern for this new
+distress we saw her main-topmast, which had hitherto served as a
+jury mainmast, share the same fate. This completed our
+misfortunes and rendered them without resource, for we knew the
+Gloucester's crew were so few and feeble that without our
+assistance they could not be relieved, and our sick were now so
+far increased, and those that remained in health so continually
+fatigued with the additional duty of our pumps, that it was
+impossible for us to lend them any aid. Indeed, we were not as
+yet fully apprised of the deplorable situation of the
+Gloucester's crew, for when the storm abated (which during its
+continuance prevented all communication with them) the Gloucester
+bore up under our stern, and Captain Mitchel informed the
+Commodore that besides the loss of his masts, which was all that
+had appeared to us, the ship had then no less than seven feet of
+water in her hold, although his officers and men had been kept
+constantly at the pump for the last twenty-four hours, and that
+her crew was greatly reduced, for there remained alive on board
+her no more than seventy-seven men, eighteen boys, and two
+prisoners, officers included, and that of this whole number only
+sixteen men and eleven boys were capable of keeping the deck, and
+several of these very infirm.</p>
+
+<p>THUS PERISHED H.M.S. GLOUCESTER.</p>
+
+<p>It plainly appeared that there was no possibility of
+preserving the Gloucester any longer, as her leaks were
+irreparable, and the united hands on board both ships capable of
+working would not be able to free her, even if our own ship
+should not employ any part of them. The only step to be taken was
+the saving the lives of the few that remained on board the
+Gloucester, and getting out of her as much as was possible before
+she was destroyed; and therefore the Commodore immediately sent
+an order to Captain Mitchel, as the weather was now calm and
+favourable, to send his people on board the Centurion as
+expeditiously as he could and to take out such stores as he could
+get at whilst the ship could be kept above water. And as our leak
+required less attention whilst the present easy weather
+continued, we sent our boats, with as many men as we could spare,
+to Captain Mitchel's assistance.</p>
+
+<p>It was the 15th of August, in the evening, before the
+Gloucester was cleared of everything that was proposed to be
+removed; and though the hold was now almost full of water, yet as
+the carpenters were of opinion that she might still swim for some
+time if the calm should continue and the water become smooth, she
+was set on fire; for we knew not how near we might now be to the
+island of Guam, which was in the possession of our enemies, and
+the wreck of such a ship would have been to them no contemptible
+acquisition. When she was set on fire Captain Mitchel and his
+officers left her and came on board the Centurion, and we
+immediately stood from the wreck, not without some apprehensions
+(as we had now only a light breeze) that, if she blew up soon,
+the concussion of the air might damage our rigging; but she
+fortunately burned, though very fierce, the whole night, her
+guns firing successively as the flames reached them. And it was
+six in the morning, when we were about four leagues distant,
+before she blew up. The report she made upon this occasion was
+but a small one, but there was an exceeding black pillar of
+smoke, which shot up into the air to a very considerable height.
+Thus perished His Majesty's ship the Gloucester. <a name=
+"anson-26"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 26.<br>
+THE LADRONES SIGHTED--TINIAN.</h2>
+
+<p>The 23rd, at daybreak, we were cheered with the discovery of
+two islands in the western board. This gave us all great joy, and
+raised our drooping spirits, for before this a universal
+dejection had seized us, and we almost despaired of ever seeing
+land again. The nearest of these islands we afterwards found to
+be Anatacan. The other was the island of Serigan, and had rather
+the appearance of a high rock than a place we could hope to
+anchor at. We were extremely impatient to get in with the nearest
+island, where we expected to meet with anchoring ground and an
+opportunity of refreshing our sick; but the wind proved so
+variable all day, and there was so little of it, that we advanced
+towards it but slowly. However, by the next morning we were got
+so far to the westward that we were in view of a third island,
+which was that of Paxaros, though marked in the chart only as a
+rock. This was small and very low land, and we had passed within
+less than a mile of it in the night without seeing it. And now at
+noon, being within four miles of the island of Anatacan, the boat
+was sent away to examine the anchoring ground and the produce of
+the place, and we were not a little solicitous for her return, as
+we then conceived our fate to depend upon the report we should
+receive; for the other two islands were obviously enough
+incapable of furnishing us with any assistance, and we knew not
+then that there were any others which we could reach. In the
+evening the boat came back, and the crew informed us that there
+was no place for a ship to anchor.</p>
+
+<p>This account of the impossibility of anchoring at this island
+occasioned a general melancholy on board, for we considered it as
+little less than the prelude to our destruction; and now the only
+possible circumstance that could secure the few that remained
+alive from perishing was the accidental falling in with some
+other of the Ladrone Islands better prepared for our
+accommodation, and as our knowledge of these islands was
+extremely imperfect, we were to trust entirely to chance for our
+guidance; only, as they are all of them usually laid down near
+the same meridian, and we had conceived those we had already seen
+to be part of them, we concluded to stand to the southward as the
+most probable means of falling in with the next. Thus, with the
+most gloomy persuasion of our approaching destruction, we stood
+from the island of Anatacan, having all of us the strongest
+apprehensions either of dying of the scurvy or perishing with the
+ship, which, for want of hands to work her pumps, might in a
+short time be expected to founder.</p>
+
+<p>TINIAN.</p>
+
+<p>It was the 26th of August, 1742, in the morning, when we lost
+sight of Anatacan. The next morning we discovered three other
+islands to the eastward, which were from ten to fourteen leagues
+from us. These were, as we afterwards learned, the islands of
+Saypan, Tinian and Aguigan. We immediately steered towards
+Tinian, which was the middle-most of the three, but had so much
+of calms and light airs, that though we were helped forwards by
+the currents, yet next day at daybreak we were at least five
+leagues distant from it. However, we kept on our course, and
+about ten in the morning we perceived a proa under sail to the
+southward, between Tinian and Aguigan. As we imagined from hence
+that these islands were inhabited, and knew that the Spaniards
+had always a force at Guam, we took the necessary precautions for
+our own security and for preventing the enemy from taking
+advantage of our present wretched circumstances, of which they
+would be sufficiently informed by the manner of our working the
+ship. We therefore mustered all our hands who were capable of
+standing to their arms and loaded our upper and quarter-deck guns
+with grapeshot, and that we might the more readily procure some
+intelligence of the state of these islands, we showed Spanish
+colours and hoisted a red flag at the foretop masthead, to give
+our ship the appearance of the Manila galleon, hoping thereby to
+decoy some of the inhabitants on board us. Thus preparing
+ourselves, and standing towards the land, we were near enough at
+three in the afternoon to send the cutter in shore to find out a
+proper berth for the ship, and we soon perceived that a proa came
+off the shore to meet the cutter, fully persuaded, as we
+afterwards found, that we were the Manila ship. As we saw the
+cutter returning back with the proa in tow, we immediately sent
+the pinnace to receive the proa and the prisoners, and to bring
+them on board that the cutter might proceed on her errand. The
+pinnace came back with a Spaniard and four Indians, who were the
+people taken in the proa. The Spaniard was immediately examined
+as to the produce and circumstances of this island of Tinian, and
+his account of it surpassed even our most sanguine hopes, for he
+informed us that it was uninhabited, which, in our present
+defenceless condition, was an advantage not to be despised,
+especially as it wanted but few of the conveniences that could be
+expected in the most cultivated country; for he assured us that
+there was great plenty of very good water, and that there were an
+incredible number of cattle, hogs, and poultry, running wild on
+the island, all of them excellent in their kind; that the woods
+produced sweet and sour oranges, limes, lemons, and cocoa-nuts in
+great plenty, besides a fruit peculiar to these islands (called
+by Dampier breadfruit); that, from the quantity and goodness of
+the provisions produced here, the Spaniards at Guam made use of
+it as a store for supplying the garrison; that he himself was a
+sergeant of that garrison, and was sent here with twenty-two
+Indians to jerk beef, which he was to load for Guam on board a
+small bark of about fifteen tons which lay at anchor near the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>PLEASING SCENES.</p>
+
+<p>This account was received by us with inexpressible joy. Part
+of it we were ourselves able to verify on the spot, as we were by
+this time near enough to discover several numerous herds of
+cattle feeding in different places of the island, and we did not
+anyways doubt the rest of his relation, as the appearance of the
+shore prejudiced us greatly in its favour, and made us hope that
+not only our necessities might be there fully relieved and our
+diseased recovered, but that amidst those pleasing scenes which
+were then in view, we might procure ourselves some amusement and
+relaxation after the numerous fatigues we had undergone.</p>
+
+<p>The Spanish sergeant, from whom we received the account of the
+island, having informed us that there were some Indians on shore
+under his command employed in jerking beef, and that there was a
+bark at anchor to take it on board, we were desirous, if
+possible, to prevent the Indians from escaping, who doubtless
+would have given the Governor of Guam intelligence of our
+arrival, and we therefore immediately despatched the pinnace to
+secure the bark, which the sergeant told us was the only
+embarkation on the place. And then, about eight in the evening,
+we let go our anchor in twenty-two fathoms. <a name=
+"anson-27"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 27.<br>
+LANDING THE SICK. CENTURION DRIVEN TO SEA.</h2>
+
+<p>When we had furled our sails, the remaining part of the night
+was allowed to our people for their repose, to recover them from
+the fatigue they had undergone, and in the morning a party was
+sent on shore well armed, of which I myself was one, to make
+ourselves masters of the landing-place, as we were not certain
+what opposition might be made by the Indians on the island. We
+landed without difficulty, for the Indians having perceived by
+our seizure of the bark the night before, that we were enemies,
+they immediately fled into the woody parts of the island. We
+found on shore many huts which they had inhabited, and which
+saved us both the time and trouble of erecting tents. One of
+these huts, which the Indians made use of for a storehouse, was
+very large, being twenty yards long and fifteen broad; this we
+immediately cleared of some bales of jerked beef which we found
+in it, and converted it into an hospital for our sick, who, as
+soon as the place was ready to receive them, were brought on
+shore, being in all one hundred and twenty-eight. Numbers of
+these were so very helpless that we were obliged to carry them
+from the boats to the hospital upon our shoulders, in which
+humane employment (as before at Juan Fernandez) the Commodore
+himself and every one of his officers were engaged without
+distinction; and notwithstanding the great debility of the
+greatest part of our sick, it is almost incredible how soon they
+began to feel the salutary influence of the land. For though we
+buried twenty-one men on this and the preceding day, yet we did
+not lose above ten men more during our whole two months' stay
+here; and in general our diseased received so much benefit from
+the fruits of the island, particularly the fruits of the acid
+kind, that in a week's time there were but few who were not so
+far recovered as to be able to move about without help; and on
+the 12th of September all those who were so far relieved as to be
+capable of doing duty were sent on board the ship. And then the
+Commodore, who was himself ill of the scurvy, had a tent erected
+for him on shore, where he went with the view of staying a few
+days for the recovery of his health, being convinced, by the
+general experience of his people, that no other method but living
+on the land was to be trusted to for the removal of this dreadful
+malady. As the crew on board were now reinforced by the recovered
+hands returned from the island, we began to send our casks on
+shore to be fitted up, which till now could not be done, for the
+coopers were not well enough to work. We likewise weighed our
+anchors that we might examine our cables, which we suspected had
+by this time received considerable damage. And as the new moon
+was now approaching, when we apprehended violent gales, the
+Commodore, for our greater security, ordered that part of the
+cables next to the anchors to be armed with the chains of the
+fire-grapnels, and they were besides cackled twenty fathoms from
+the anchors and seven fathoms from the service, with a good
+rounding of a 4 1/2 inch hawser, and to all these precautions we
+added that of lowering the main and fore yards close down, that
+in case of blowing weather the wind might have less power upon
+the ship to make her ride a-strain.</p>
+
+<p>A FURIOUS STORM.</p>
+
+<p>Thus effectually prepared, as we conceived, we expected the
+new moon, which was the 18th of September; and riding safe that
+and the three succeeding days (though the weather proved very
+squally and uncertain), we flattered ourselves (for I was then on
+board) that the prudence of our measures had secured us from all
+accidents. But on the 22nd the wind blew from the eastward with
+such fury that we soon despaired of riding out the storm; and
+therefore we should have been extremely glad that the Commodore
+and the rest of our people on shore, which were the greatest of
+our hands, had been on board with us, since our only hopes of
+safety seemed to depend on our putting immediately to sea. But
+all communication with the shore was now effectually cut off, for
+there was no possibility that a boat could live so that we were
+necessitated to ride it out till our cables parted. Indeed, it
+was not long before this happened, for the small bower parted at
+five in the afternoon, and the ship swung off to the best bower;
+and as the night came on the violence of the wind still
+increased. But, notwithstanding its inexpressible fury, the tide
+ran with so much rapidity as to prevail over it; for the tide,
+having set to the northward in the beginning of the storm, turned
+suddenly to the southward about six in the evening, and forced
+the ship before it in despite of the storm, which blew upon the
+beam. And now the sea broke most surprisingly all round us, and a
+large tumbling swell threatened to poop us; the long-boat, which
+was at this time moored astern, was on a sudden canted so high
+that it broke the transom of the Commodore's gallery, and would
+doubtless have risen as high as the taffrail had it not been for
+this stroke which stove the boat all to pieces; but the poor
+boat-keeper, though extremely bruised, was saved almost by
+miracle. About eight the tide slackened, but the wind did not
+abate; so that at eleven the best bower cable, by which alone we
+rode, parted. Our sheet anchor, which was the only one we had
+left, was instantly cut from the bow; but before it could reach
+the bottom we were driven from twenty-two into thirty-five
+fathoms; and after we had veered away one whole cable and
+two-thirds of another, we could not find ground with sixty
+fathoms of line. This was a plain indication that the anchor lay
+near the edge of the bank, and could not hold us long.</p>
+
+<p>In this pressing danger Mr. Suamarez, our first lieutenant,
+who now commanded on board, ordered several guns to be fired and
+lights to be shown, as a signal to the Commodore of our distress;
+and in a short time after, it being then about one o'clock, and
+the night excessively dark, a strong gust, attended with rain and
+lightning, drove us off the bank and forced us out to sea,
+leaving behind us on the island Mr. Anson, with many more of our
+officers, and great part of our crew, amounting in the whole to
+one hundred and thirteen persons. Thus were we all, both at sea
+and on shore, reduced to the utmost despair by this catastrophe;
+those on shore conceiving they had no means left them ever to
+leave the island, and we on board utterly unprepared to struggle
+with the fury of the seas and winds we were now exposed to, and
+expecting each moment to be our last. <a name="anson-28"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 28.<br>
+ANSON CHEERS HIS MEN--PLANS FOR ESCAPE--RETURN OF THE
+CENTURION.</h2>
+
+<p>The storm which drove the Centurion to sea blew with too much
+turbulence to permit of either the Commodore or any of the people
+on shore hearing the guns which she fired as signals of distress,
+and the frequent glare of the lightning had prevented the
+explosions from being observed; so that when at daybreak it was
+perceived from the shore that the ship was missing, there was the
+utmost consternation amongst them. For much the greatest part of
+them immediately concluded that she was lost, and entreated the
+Commodore that the boat might be sent round the island to look
+for the wreck; and those who believed her safe had scarcely any
+expectation that she would ever be able to make the island again;
+for the wind continued to blow strong at east, and they knew how
+poorly she was manned and provided for struggling with so
+tempestuous a gale. And if the Centurion was lost, or should be
+incapable of returning, there appeared in either case no
+possibility of their ever getting off the island, for they were
+at least six hundred leagues from Macao, which was their nearest
+port; and they were masters of no other vessel than the small
+Spanish bark, of about fifteen tons, which they seized at their
+first arrival, and which would not even hold a fourth part of
+their number. And the chance of their being taken off the island
+by the casual arrival of any other ship was altogether desperate,
+as perhaps no European ship had ever anchored here before, and it
+were madness to expect that like incidents should send another
+here in a hundred ages to come; so that their desponding thoughts
+could only suggest to them the melancholy prospect of spending
+the remainder of their days on this island, and bidding adieu
+forever to their country, their friends, their families, and all
+their domestic endearments.</p>
+
+<p>A MELANCHOLY PROSPECT.</p>
+
+<p>Nor was this the worst they had to fear: for they had reason
+to expect that the Governor of Guam, when he should be informed
+of their situation, might send a force sufficient to overpower
+them and to remove them to that island; and then the most
+favourable treatment they could hope for would be to be detained
+prisoners for life; since, from the known policy and cruelty of
+the Spaniards in their distant settlements, it was rather to be
+expected that the Governor, if he once had them in his power,
+would make their want of commissions (all of them being on board
+the Centurion) a pretext for treating them as pirates, and for
+depriving them of their lives with infamy.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of these gloomy reflections Mr. Anson had
+doubtless his share of disquietude, but he always kept up his
+usual composure and steadiness; and having soon projected a
+scheme for extricating himself and his men from their present
+anxious situation, he first communicated it to some of the most
+intelligent persons about him; and having satisfied himself that
+it was practicable, he then endeavoured to animate his people to
+a speedy and vigorous prosecution of it. With this view he
+represented to them how little foundation there was for their
+apprehensions of the Centurion's being lost; that he was not
+without hopes that she might return in a few days, but if she did
+not, the worst that could be supposed was that she was driven so
+far to the leeward of the island that she could not regain it,
+and that she would consequently be obliged to bear away for
+Macao, on the coast of China; that, as it was necessary to be
+prepared against all events, he had, in this case, considered of
+a method of carrying them off the island and joining their old
+ship the Centurion again at Macao; that this method was to haul
+the Spanish bark on shore, to saw her asunder, and to lengthen
+her twelve feet, which would enlarge her to near forty tons
+burthen, and would enable her to carry them all to China. He
+added that for his own part he would share the fatigue and labour
+with them, and would expect no more from any man than what he,
+the Commodore himself, was ready to submit to, and concluded with
+representing to them the importance of saving time, and that, in
+order to be the better prepared for all events, it was necessary
+to set to work immediately and to take it for granted that the
+Centurion would not be able to put back (which was indeed the
+Commodore's secret opinion); since, if she did return, they
+should only throw away a few days' application, but, if she did
+not, their situation and the season of the year required their
+utmost despatch.</p>
+
+<p>These remonstrances, though not without effect, did not
+immediately operate so powerfully as Mr. Anson could have wished.
+It was some days before they were all of them heartily engaged in
+the project; but at last, being in general convinced of the
+impossibility of the ship's return, they set themselves zealously
+to the different tasks allotted them, and were as industrious and
+as eager as their commander could desire, punctually assembling
+at daybreak at the rendezvous, whence they were distributed to
+their different employments, which they followed with unusual
+vigour till night came on.</p>
+
+<p>And now the work proceeded very successfully. The necessary
+ironwork was in great forwardness, and the timbers and planks
+(which, though not the most exquisite performances of the
+sawyer's art, were yet sufficient for the purpose) were all
+prepared; so that on the 6th of October, being the fourteenth day
+from the departure of the ship, they hauled the bark on shore,
+and on the two succeeding days she was sawn asunder (though with
+great care not to cut her planks), and her two parts were
+separated the proper distance from each other; and, the materials
+being all ready beforehand, they the next day, being the 9th of
+October, went on with great despatch in their proposed
+enlargement of her. And by this time they had all their future
+operations so fairly in view, and were so much masters of them,
+that they were able to determine when the whole would be
+finished, and had accordingly fixed the 5th of November for the
+day of their putting to sea.</p>
+
+<p>THE CENTURION RETURNS.</p>
+
+<p>But their projects and labours were now drawing to a speedier
+and happier conclusion, for on the 11th of October, in the
+afternoon, one of the Gloucester's men, being upon a hill in the
+middle of the island, perceived the Centurion at a distance, and
+running down with his utmost speed towards the landing-place, he
+in the way saw some of his comrades, to whom he hallooed out with
+great ecstasy, "That ship! The ship!" This being heard by Mr.
+Gordon, a lieutenant of marines, who was convinced by the
+fellow's transport that his report was true, Mr. Gordon ran
+towards the place where the Commodore and his people were at
+work, and being fresh and in breath easily out stripped the
+Gloucester's man, and got before him to the Commodore, who, on
+hearing this happy and unexpected news, threw down his axe with
+which he was then at work, and by his joy broke through for the
+first time the equable and unvaried character which he had
+hitherto preserved. The others who were with him instantly ran
+down to the seaside in a kind of frenzy, eager to feast
+themselves with a sight they had so ardently wished for and of
+which they had now for a considerable time despaired. By five in
+the evening the Centurion was visible in the offing to them all;
+and, a boat being sent off with eighteen men to reinforce her,
+and with fresh meat and fruits for the refreshment of her crew,
+she the next afternoon happily came to an anchor in the road,
+where the Commodore immediately came on board her, and was
+received by us with the sincerest and heartiest acclamations. <a
+name="anson-29"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 29.<br>
+THE CENTURION AGAIN DRIVEN TO SEA--HER RETURN--DEPARTURE FROM
+TINIAN.</h2>
+
+<p>When the Commodore came on board the Centurion on her return
+to Tinian as already mentioned, he resolved to stay no longer at
+the island than was absolutely necessary to complete our stock of
+water, a work which we immediately set ourselves about. But on
+the 14th of October, being but the third day after our arrival, a
+sudden gust of wind brought home our anchor, forced us off the
+bank and drove the ship out to sea a second time. However, as the
+weather was favourable, and our crew was now stronger than when
+we were first driven out, we in about five days' time returned
+again to an anchor at Tinian and relieved those we had left
+behind us from their second fears of being deserted by their
+ship.</p>
+
+<p>On our arrival we found that the Spanish bark, the old object
+of their hopes, had undergone a new metamorphosis, for those we
+had left on shore began to despair of our return, and conceiving
+that the lengthening the bark as formerly proposed was both a
+toilsome and unnecessary measure, considering the small number
+they consisted of, they had resolved to join her again and to
+restore her to her first state; and in this scheme they had made
+some progress for they had brought the two parts together, and
+would have soon completed her had not our coming back put a
+period to their labours and disquietude.</p>
+
+<p>On our coming to an anchor again after our second driving off
+to sea, we laboured indefatigably in getting in our water; and
+having by the 20th of October completed it to fifty tuns, which
+we supposed would be sufficient for our passage to Macao, we on
+the next day sent one of each mess on shore to gather as large a
+quantity of oranges, lemons, cocoa-nuts, and other fruits of the
+island as they possibly could, for the use of themselves and
+messmates when at sea. And these purveyors returning on board us
+on the evening of the same day, we then set fire to the bark and
+proa, hoisted in our boats, and got under sail, steering away for
+the south end of the island of Formosa and taking our leave for
+the third and last time of the island of Tinian. <a name=
+"anson-30"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 30.<br>
+CHINESE FISHING FLEETS--ARRIVAL AT MACAO.</h2>
+
+<p>The eastern monsoon was now, we reckoned, fairly settled, and
+we had a constant gale blowing right upon our stern, so that we
+generally ran from forty to fifty leagues a day. But we had a
+large hollow sea pursuing us, which occasioned the ship to labour
+much, whence we received great damage in our rigging, which was
+grown very rotten, and our leak was augmented; but happily for us
+our people were now in full health, so that there were no
+complaints of fatigue, but all went through their attendance on
+the pumps, and every other duty of the ship, with ease and
+cheerfulness.</p>
+
+<p>FORMOSA.</p>
+
+<p>The 3rd of November, about four in the afternoon, we saw the
+island of Botel Tobago Xima, and by eleven the next morning got a
+sight of the southern part of the island of Formosa. In the
+evening we were surprised with a view of what we at first sight
+conceived to have been breakers, but on a stricter examination we
+found them to be only a great number of fires on the island of
+Formosa. These, we imagined, were intended by the inhabitants of
+that island as signals for us to touch there; but that suited not
+our views, we being impatient to reach the port of Macao as soon
+as possible. From Formosa we steered west-north-west, and
+sometimes still more northerly, and on the 5th of November we at
+last about midnight, got sight of the mainland of China, bearing
+north by west, four leagues distant.</p>
+
+<p>We then brought the ship to, with her head to the sea,
+proposing to wait for the morning; and before sunrise we were
+surprised to find ourselves in the midst of an incredible number
+of fishing-boats, which seemed to cover the surface of the sea as
+far as the eye could reach. I may well style their number
+incredible, since I cannot believe, upon the lowest estimate,
+that there were so few as 6,000 most of them manned with five
+hands, and none with less than three. Nor was this swarm of
+fishing vessels peculiar to this spot, for, as we ran onto the
+westward, we found them as abundant on every part of the coast.
+We at first doubted not but we should procure a pilot from them
+to carry us to Macao; but though many of them came close to the
+ship and we endeavoured to tempt them by showing them a number of
+dollars--a most alluring bait for Chinese of all ranks and
+professions--yet we could not entice them on board us; though I
+presume the only difficulty was their not comprehending what we
+wanted them to do, for we could have no communication with them
+but by signs. Indeed we often pronounced the word Macao, but this
+we had reason to suppose they understood in a different sense,
+for in return they sometimes held up fish to us, and we
+afterwards learned that the Chinese name for fish is of a
+somewhat similar sound. But what surprised us most was the
+inattention and want of curiosity which we observed in this herd
+of fishermen. A ship like ours had doubtless never been in those
+seas before; perhaps there might not be one amongst all the
+Chinese employed in this fishery who had ever seen any European
+vessel; so that we might reasonably have expected to have been
+considered by them as a very uncommon and extraordinary
+object.</p>
+
+<p>CHINESE INDIFFERENCE.</p>
+
+<p>But though many of their vessels came close to the ship, yet
+they did not appear to be at all interested about us. Nor did
+they deviate in the least from their course to regard us; which
+insensibility, especially of maritime persons about a matter in
+their own profession, is scarcely to be credited, did not the
+general behaviour of the Chinese in other instances furnish us
+with continual proof of a similar turn of mind.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, about two o'clock, as we were standing to the
+westward within two leagues of the coast, and still surrounded by
+fishing vessels in as great numbers as at first, we perceived
+that a boat ahead of us waved a red flag and blew a horn. This we
+considered as a signal made to us either to warn us of some shoal
+or to inform us that they would supply us with a pilot, and in
+this belief we immediately sent our cutter to the boat to know
+their intentions; but we were soon made sensible of our mistake,
+and found that this boat was the Commodore of the whole fishery,
+and that the signal she had made was to order them all to leave
+off fishing and to return in shore, which we saw them instantly
+obey. On this disappointment we kept on our course to the
+westward, and the next day being the 7th, we were abreast of a
+chain of islands which stretched from east to west. These, as we
+afterwards found, were called the islands of Lema. These islands
+we left on the starboard side, passing within four miles of them,
+where we had twenty-four fathoms water. We were still surrounded
+by fishing-boats, and we once more sent the cutter on board one
+of them to endeavour to procure a pilot, but could not prevail.
+However, one of the Chinese directed us by signs to sail round
+the westernmost of the islands or rocks of Lema, and then to haul
+up. We followed this direction, and in the evening came to anchor
+in eighteen fathoms.</p>
+
+<p>After having continued at anchor all night, we on the 9th, at
+four in the morning, sent our cutter to sound the channel where
+we proposed to pass; but before the return of the cutter a
+Chinese pilot put on board us, and told us in broken Portuguese
+he would carry us to Macao for thirty dollars. These were
+immediately paid him, and we then weighed and made sail, and soon
+after several other pilots came on board us, who, to recommend
+themselves, produced certificates from the captains of several
+ships they had piloted in; but we continued the ship under the
+management of the Chinese who came first on board. By this time
+we learned that we were not far distant from Macao, and that
+there were in the river of Canton, at the mouth of which Macao
+lies, eleven European ships, of which four were English. Our
+pilot carried us between the islands of Bamboo and Cabouce, but
+the winds hanging in the northern board, and the tides often
+setting strongly against us, we were obliged to come frequently
+to an anchor, so that we did not get through between the two
+islands till the 12th of November at two in the morning. At ten
+o'clock we happily anchored in Macao road. Thus, after a
+fatiguing cruise of above two years' continuance, we once more
+arrived in an amicable port in a civilised country, where the
+conveniences of life were in great plenty; where the naval
+stores, which we now extremely wanted, could be in some degree
+procured; where we expected the inexpressible satisfaction of
+receiving letters from our relations and friends; and where our
+countrymen who were lately arrived from England would be capable
+of answering the numerous enquiries we were prepared to make both
+about public and private occurrences, and to relate to us many
+particulars which, whether of importance or not, would be
+listened to by us with the utmost attention, after the long
+suspension of our correspondence with our country to which the
+nature of our undertaking had hitherto subjected us. <a name=
+"anson-31"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 31.<br>
+MACAO--INTERVIEW WITH THE GOVERNOR--A VISIT TO CANTON.</h2>
+
+<p>The city of Macao is a Portuguese settlement situated in an
+island at the mouth of the river of Canton. It was formerly a
+very rich and populous city, and capable of defending itself
+against the power of the adjacent Chinese governors, but at
+present it is much fallen from its ancient splendour; for though
+it is inhabited by the Portuguese and has a governor nominated by
+the King of Portugal, yet it subsists merely by the sufferance of
+the Chinese, who can starve the place and dispossess the
+Portuguese whenever they please. This obliges the Governor of
+Macao to behave with great circumspection, and carefully to avoid
+every circumstance that may give offence to the Chinese. The
+river of Canton, at the mouth of which this city lies, is the
+only Chinese port frequented by European ships, and this river is
+indeed a more commodious harbour on many accounts than Macao. But
+the peculiar customs of the Chinese, only adapted to the
+entertainment of trading ships, and the apprehensions of the
+Commodore lest he should embroil the East India Company with the
+Regency of Canton if he should insist on being treated upon a
+different footing than the merchantmen, made him resolve to go
+first to Macao before he ventured into the port of Canton.
+Indeed, had not this reason prevailed with him, he himself had
+nothing to fear, for it is certain that he might have entered the
+port of Canton, and might have continued there as long as he
+pleased, and afterwards have left it again, although the whole
+power of the Chinese Empire had been brought together to oppose
+him.</p>
+
+<p>The Commodore, not to depart from his usual prudence, no
+sooner came to an anchor in Macao road than he despatched an
+officer with his compliments to the Portuguese Governor of Macao,
+requesting His Excellency by the same officer to advise him in
+what manner it would be proper to act to avoid offending the
+Chinese, which, as there were four of our ships in their power at
+Canton, was a matter worthy of attention. The difficulty which
+the Commodore principally apprehended related to the duty usually
+paid by all ships in the river of Canton, according to their
+tonnage. For as men-of-war are exempted in every foreign harbour
+from all manner of port charges, the Commodore thought it would
+be derogatory to the honour of his country to submit to this duty
+in China; and therefore he desired the advice of the Governor of
+Macao, who, being a European, could not be ignorant of the
+privileges claimed by a British man-of-war, and consequently
+might be expected to give us the best lights for avoiding this
+perplexity. Our boat returned in the evening with two officers
+sent by the Governor, who informed the Commodore that it was the
+Governor's opinion that if the Centurion ventured into the river
+of Canton, the duty would certainly be demanded; and therefore,
+if the Commodore approved of it, he would send him a pilot who
+should conduct us into another safe harbour, called the Typa,
+which was every way commodious for careening the ship (an
+operation which we were resolved to begin upon as soon as
+possible), and where the above-mentioned duty would in all
+probability be never asked for.</p>
+
+<p>This proposal the Commodore agreed to, and in the morning we
+weighed anchor, and, under the direction of the Portuguese pilot,
+steered for the intended harbour, where we moored in about five
+fathoms water. This harbour of the Typa is formed by a number of
+islands, and is about six miles distant from Macao. Here we
+saluted the Castle of Macao with eleven guns, which were returned
+by an equal number.</p>
+
+<p>The next day the Commodore paid a visit in person to the
+Governor, and was saluted at his landing by eleven guns, which
+were returned by the Centurion. Mr. Anson's business in this
+visit was to solicit the Governor to grant us a supply of
+provisions, and to furnish us with such stores as were necessary
+to refit the ship. The Governor seemed really inclined to do us
+all the service he could, and assured the Commodore, in a
+friendly manner, that he would privately give us all the
+assistance in his power; but he, at the same time, frankly owned
+that he dared not openly furnish us with anything we demanded,
+unless we first procured an order for it from the Viceroy of
+Canton, for that he neither received provisions for his garrison,
+nor any other necessaries, but by permission from the Chinese
+Government; and as they took care only to furnish him from day to
+day, he was indeed no other than their vassal, whom they could at
+all times compel to submit to their own terms, only by laying an
+embargo on his provisions.</p>
+
+<p>On this declaration of the Governor, Mr. Anson resolved
+himself to go to Canton to procure a license from the Viceroy,
+and he accordingly hired a Chinese boat for himself and his
+attendants. On his arrival there he consulted with the super
+cargoes and officers of the English ships how to procure an order
+from the Viceroy for the necessaries he wanted. As it is the
+custom with these gentlemen never to apply to the supreme
+magistrate himself, whatever difficulties they labour under, but
+to transact all matters relating to the Government by the
+mediation of the principal Chinese merchants, Mr. Anson was
+advised to follow the same method upon this occasion, the English
+promising to exert all their interest to engage the merchants in
+his favour.</p>
+
+<p>CHINESE PROMISES.</p>
+
+<p>And when the Chinese merchants were applied to, they readily
+undertook the management of it, and promised to answer for its
+success; but after near a month's delay and reiterated excuses,
+during which interval they pretended to be often upon the point
+of completing the business, they at last threw off the mask, and
+declared they neither had applied to the Viceroy, nor could they,
+for he was too great a man, they said, for them to approach on
+any occasion. <a name="anson-32"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 32.<br>
+A LETTER TO THE VICEROY--A CHINESE MANDARIN--THE CENTURION IS
+REFITTED AND PUTS TO SEA.</h2>
+
+<p>Mr. Anson now saw clearly that if he had at first carried his
+ship into the river of Canton and had immediately applied himself
+to the mandarins, who are the chief officers of State, instead of
+employing the merchants to apply for him, he would in all
+probability have had all his requests granted, and would have
+been soon despatched. He had already lost a month by the wrong
+measures he had been put upon, but he resolved to lose as little
+more time as possible; and therefore, the 17th of December, being
+the next day after his return from Canton, he wrote a letter to
+the Viceroy of that place acquainting him that he was
+commander-in-chief of a squadron of his Britannic Majesty's ships
+of war, which had been cruising for two years past in the South
+Seas against the Spaniards, who were at war with the King his
+master; that, in his way back to England, he had put into the
+port of Macao, having a considerable leak in his ship, and being
+in great want of provisions, so that it was impossible for him to
+proceed on his voyage till his ship was repaired, and he was
+supplied with the necessaries he wanted; that he had been at
+Canton in hopes of being admitted to a personal audience of His
+Excellency, but being a stranger to the customs of the country,
+he had not been able to inform himself what steps were necessary
+to be taken to procure such an audience, and therefore was
+obliged to apply to him in this manner, to desire His Excellency
+to give orders for his being permitted to employ carpenters and
+proper workmen to refit his ship, and to furnish himself with
+provisions and stores, thereby to enable him to pursue his voyage
+to Great Britain with this monsoon;* hoping at the same time that
+these orders would be issued with as little delay as possible,
+lest it might occasion his loss of the season, and he might be
+prevented from departing till the next winter.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Anson, of course, had no intention of sailing
+for England. His reason for the deception is given in chapter
+33.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>A MANDARIN COMES ON BOARD.</p>
+
+<p>This letter was written on the 17th of December, and on the
+19th in the morning a mandarin of the first rank, who was
+Governor of the city of Janson, together with two mandarins of an
+inferior class, and a great retinue of officers and servants,
+having with them eighteen half-galleys decorated with a great
+number of streamers, and furnished with music, and full of men,
+came to grapnel ahead of the Centurion; whence the mandarin sent
+a message to the Commodore, telling him that he (the mandarin)
+was ordered by the Viceroy of Canton to examine the condition of
+the ship, and desiring the ship's boat might be sent to fetch him
+on board. The Centurion's boat was immediately despatched, and
+preparations were made for receiving him; for a hundred of the
+most sightly of the crew were uniformly dressed in the
+regimentals of the marines, and were drawn up under arms on the
+main-deck, against his arrival. When he entered the ship he was
+saluted by the drums and what other military music there was on
+board; and passing by the new-formed guard, he was met by the
+Commodore on the quarter-deck, who conducted him to the great
+cabin. Here the mandarin explained his commission, declaring that
+his business was to examine all the particulars mentioned in the
+Commodore's letter to the Viceroy; that he was particularly
+instructed to inspect the leak, and had for that purpose brought
+with him two Chinese carpenters.</p>
+
+<p>This mandarin appeared to be a person of very considerable
+parts, and endowed with more frankness and honesty than is to be
+found in the generality of the Chinese. After the proper
+inquiries had been made, particularly about the leak, which the
+Chinese carpenters reported to be as dangerous as it had been
+represented, and consequently that it was impossible for the
+Centurion to proceed to sea without being refitted, the mandarin
+expressed himself satisfied with the account given in the
+Commodore's letter. And this magistrate, as he was more
+intelligent than any other person of his nation that came to our
+knowledge, so likewise was he more curious and inquisitive,
+viewing each part of the ship with particular attention, and
+appearing greatly surprised at the largeness of the lower-deck
+guns, and at the weight and size of the shot. The Commodore
+observing his astonishment thought this a proper opportunity to
+convince the Chinese of the prudence of granting him a speedy and
+ample supply of all he wanted. With this view he told the
+mandarin and those who were with him, that besides the demands he
+made for a general supply, he had a particular complaint against
+the proceedings of the custom-house of Macao; that at his first
+arrival the Chinese boats had brought on board plenty of greens
+and variety of fresh provisions for daily use, for which they had
+always been paid to their full satisfaction, but that the
+custom-house officers at Macao had soon forbid them, by which
+means he was deprived of those refreshments which were of the
+utmost consequence to the health of his men after their long and
+sickly voyage; that as they, the mandarins, had informed
+themselves of his wants, and were eye-witnesses of the force and
+strength of his ship, they might be satisfied it was not for want
+of power to supply himself that he desired the permission of the
+Government to purchase what provisions he stood in need of; that
+they must be convinced that the Centurion alone was capable of
+destroying the whole navigation of the port of Canton, or of any
+other port in China, without running the least risk from all the
+force the Chinese could collect; that it was true this was not
+the manner of proceeding between nations in friendship with each
+other, but it was likewise true that it was not customary for any
+nation to permit the ships of their friends to starve and sink in
+their ports, when those friends had money to supply their wants
+and only desired liberty to lay it out; that they must confess he
+and his people had hitherto behaved with great modesty and
+reserve, but that as his wants were each day increasing, hunger
+would at last prove too strong for any restraint, and necessity
+was acknowledged in all countries to be superior to every other
+law, and therefore it could not be expected that his crew would
+long continue to starve in the midst of that plenty to which
+their eyes were every day witnesses. To this the Commodore added
+(though perhaps with a less serious air) that if by the delay of
+supplying him with fresh provisions his men should be reduced to
+the necessity of turning cannibals, and preying upon their own
+species, it was easy to be foreseen that, independent of their
+friendship to their comrades, they would in point of luxury
+prefer the plump, well-fed Chinese to their own emaciated
+shipmates. The first mandarin acquiesced in the justness of this
+reasoning, and told the Commodore that he should that night
+proceed for Canton; that on his arrival a council of mandarins
+would be summoned, of which he himself was a member, and that all
+that was demanded would be amply and speedily granted. And with
+regard to the Commodore's complaint of the custom-house of Macao,
+he undertook to rectify that immediately by his own authority;
+for, desiring a list to be given him of the quantity of provision
+necessary for the expense of the ship for a day, he wrote a
+permit under it, and delivered it to one of his attendants,
+directing him to see that quantity sent on board early every
+morning; and this order from that time forward was punctually
+complied with.</p>
+
+<p>A DINNER PARTY.</p>
+
+<p>When this weighty affair was thus in some degree regulated,
+the Commodore invited him and his two attendant mandarins to
+dinner, telling them at the same time that if his provision,
+either in kind or quantity, was not what they might expect, they
+must thank themselves for having confined him to so hard an
+allowance. One of his dishes was beef, which the Chinese all
+dislike, though Mr. Anson was not apprised of it; this seems to
+be derived from the Indian superstition,* which for some ages
+past has made a great progress in China. However, his guests did
+not entirely fast, for the three mandarins completely finished
+the white part of four large fowls. But they were extremely
+embarrassed with their knives and forks, and were quite incapable
+of making use of them, so that, after some fruitless attempts to
+help themselves, which were sufficiently awkward, one of the
+attendants was obliged to cut their meat in small pieces for
+them. But whatever difficulty they might have in complying with
+the European manner of eating, they seemed not to be novices in
+drinking. The Commodore excused himself in this part of the
+entertainment, under the pretence of illness; but there being
+another gentleman present, of a florid and jovial complexion, the
+chief mandarin clapped him on the shoulder, and told him by the
+interpreter that certainly he could not plead sickness, and
+therefore insisted on his bearing him company; and that gentleman
+perceiving that after they had despatched four or five bottles of
+Frontiniac, the mandarin still continued unruffled, he ordered a
+bottle of citron-water to be brought up, which the Chinese seemed
+much to relish; and this being near finished they arose from
+table, in appearance cool and uninfluenced by what they had
+drunk. And the Commodore, having, according to custom, made the
+mandarin a present, they all departed in the same vessels that
+brought them.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. The cow has been held in high honour in India
+from early times. The slaughtering and eating the flesh of kine
+is considered an abominable crime. The connection between India
+and Chinese has always been close. The Buddhist religion was
+introduced from India during the first century of the Christian
+era, and with it no doubt the veneration of the
+cow.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>After their departure the Commodore with great impatience
+expected the resolution of the council, and the necessary
+licences for his refitment. For it must be observed that he could
+neither purchase stores nor necessaries with his money, nor did
+any kind of workman dare to engage themselves to work for him,
+without the permission of the Government first obtained.</p>
+
+<p>Some time before this Captain Saunders took his passage to
+England on board a Swedish ship, and was charged with despatches
+from the Commodore; and soon after, in the month of December,
+Captain Mitchel and Colonel Cracherode embarked on board one of
+our company's ships; and I, having obtained the Commodore's leave
+to return home, embarked with them. I must observe, too (having
+omitted it before), that whilst we lay here at Macao we were
+informed by some of the officers of our Indiamen that the Severn
+and the Pearl, the two ships of our squadron which had separated
+from us off Cape Noir, were safely arrived at Rio Janeiro, on the
+coast of Brazil; and it was with great joy we received the news,
+after the strong persuasion, which had so long prevailed amongst
+us, of their having both perished.</p>
+
+<p>Notwithstanding the favourable disposition of the mandarin
+Governor of Janson at his leaving Mr. Anson, several days had
+elapsed before he had any advice from him, and Mr. Anson was
+privately informed there were great debates in council upon his
+affair. However, it should seem that the representation of the
+Commodore to the mandarins of the facility with which he could
+right himself, if justice were denied him, had at last its
+effect; for on the 6th of January, in the morning, the Governor
+of Janson, the Commodore's advocate, sent down the Viceroy of
+Canton's warrant for the refitment of the Centurion, and for
+supplying her people with all they wanted; and next day a number
+of Chinese smiths and carpenters went on board.</p>
+
+<p>It was the beginning of April before they had new-rigged the
+ship, stowed their provisions and water on board, and fitted her
+for the sea; and before this time the Chinese grew very uneasy
+and extremely desirous that she should be gone, either not
+knowing, or pretending not to believe, that this was a point the
+Commodore was as eagerly set on as they could be. On the 3rd of
+April two mandarin boats came on board from Macao to urge his
+departure; and this having been often done before, though there
+had been no pretence to suspect Mr. Anson of any affected delays,
+he at this last message answered them in a determined tone,
+desiring them to give him no further trouble, for he would go
+when he thought proper and not before. On this rebuke the Chinese
+(though it was not in their power to compel him to be gone)
+immediately prohibited all provisions from being carried on board
+him, and took such care that their injunctions should be complied
+with, that from that time forwards nothing could be purchased at
+any rate whatever.</p>
+
+<p>AT SEA AGAIN.</p>
+
+<p>On the 6th of April the Centurion weighed from the Typa, and
+warped to the southward, and by the 15th she was got into Macao
+road, completing her water as she passed along, so that there
+remained now very few articles more to attend to; and her whole
+business being finished by the 19th, she, at three in the
+afternoon of that day, weighed and made sail, and stood to sea.
+<a name="anson-33"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 33.<br>
+WAITING FOR THE Manila GALLEON.</h2>
+
+<p>The Commodore was now got to sea, with his ship very well
+refitted, his stores replenished, and an additional stock of
+provisions on board. His crew, too, was somewhat reinforced, for
+he had entered twenty-three men during his stay at Macao, the
+greatest part of which were Lascars or Indian sailors, and some
+few Dutch. He gave out at Macao that he was bound to Batavia, and
+thence to England; and though the western monsoon was now set in,
+when that passage is considered as impracticable, yet by the
+confidence he had expressed in the strength of his ship and the
+dexterity of his people he had persuaded not only his own crew,
+but the people at Macao likewise, that he proposed to try this
+unusual experiment; so that there were many letters put on board
+him by the inhabitants of Canton and Macao for their friends at
+Batavia.</p>
+
+<p>But his real design was of a very different nature, for he
+knew that instead of one annual ship from Acapulco to Manila
+there would be this year, in all probability, two, since by being
+before Acapulco he had prevented one of them from putting to sea
+the preceding season. He therefore resolved to cruise for these
+returning vessels off Cape Espiritu Santo, on the island of
+Samal, which is the first land they always make in the Philippine
+islands. And as June is generally the month in which they arrive
+there, he doubted not but he should get to his intended station
+in time enough to intercept them. It is true they were said to be
+stout vessels, mounting forty-four guns apiece, and carrying
+above 500 hands, and might be expected to return in company; and
+he himself had but 227 hands on board, of which near thirty were
+boys. But this disproportion of strength did not deter him, as he
+knew his ship to be much better fitted for a sea engagement than
+theirs, and as he had reason to expect that his men would exert
+themselves in the most extraordinary manner when they had in view
+the immense wealth of these Manila galleons.</p>
+
+<p>This project the Commodore had resolved on in his own thoughts
+ever since his leaving the coast of Mexico, and the greatest
+mortification which he received from the various delays he had
+met with in China was his apprehension lest he might be thereby
+so long retarded as to let the galleons escape him. Indeed, at
+Macao, it was incumbent on him to keep these views extremely
+secret, for there being a great intercourse and a mutual
+connection of interests between that port and Manila, he had
+reason to fear that, if his designs were discovered, intelligence
+would be immediately sent to Manila and measures would be taken
+to prevent the galleons from falling into his hands. But being
+now at sea, and entirely clear of the coast, he summoned all his
+people on the quarter-deck, and informed them of his resolution
+to cruise for the two Manila ships, of whose wealth they were
+not ignorant. He told them he should choose a station where he
+could not fail of meeting with them; and though they were stout
+ships and full-manned, yet, if his own people behaved with their
+accustomed spirit, he was certain he should prove too hard for
+them both, and that one of them at least could not fail of
+becoming his prize. He further added that many ridiculous tales
+had been propagated about the strength of the sides of these
+ships, and their being impenetrable to cannon-shot; that these
+fictions had been principally invented to palliate the cowardice
+of those who had formerly engaged them; but he hoped they were
+none of those present weak enough to give credit to so absurd a
+story. For his own part he did assure them upon his word that,
+whenever he met with them, he would fight them so near that they
+should find his bullets, instead of being stopped by one of their
+sides, should go through them both.</p>
+
+<p>CONFIDENT OF SUCCESS.</p>
+
+<p>This speech of the Commodore's was received by his people with
+great joy, for no sooner had he ended than they expressed their
+approbation, according to naval custom, by three strenuous
+cheers, and all declared their determination to succeed or perish
+whenever the opportunity presented itself. And now their hopes,
+which since their departure from the coast of Mexico had entirely
+subsided, were again revived; and they all persuaded themselves
+that, notwithstanding the various casualties and disappointments
+they had hitherto met with, they should yet be repaid the price
+of their fatigues, and should at last return home enriched with
+the spoils of the enemy. For, firmly relying on the assurances of
+the Commodore that they should certainly meet with the vessels,
+they were all of them too sanguine to doubt a moment of mastering
+them; so that they considered themselves as having them already
+in their possession. And this confidence was so universally
+spread through the whole ship's company that, the Commodore
+having taken some Chinese sheep to sea with him for his own
+provision, and one day enquiring of his butcher why for some time
+past he had seen no mutton at his table, asking him if all the
+sheep were killed, the butcher very seriously replied that there
+were indeed two sheep left, but that if his honour would give him
+leave, he proposed to keep those for the entertainment of the
+General of the galleons.</p>
+
+<p>When the Centurion left the port of Macao she stood for some
+days to the westward, and on the 1st of May they saw part of the
+island of Formosa, and standing thence to the southward, they, on
+the 4th of May about seven in the evening, discovered from the
+masthead five small islands, which were judged to be the Bashees,
+and they had afterwards a sight of Botel Tobago Xima. After
+getting a sight of the Bashee Islands, they stood between the
+south and south-west for Cape Espiritu Santo, and the 20th of May
+at noon they first discovered that cape, which about four o'clock
+they brought to bear south-south-west, about eleven leagues
+distant. It appeared to be of a moderate height, with several
+round hummocks on it. As it was known that there were sentinels
+placed upon this cape to make signals to the Acapulco ship when
+she first falls in with the land, the Commodore immediately
+tacked, and ordered the top-gallant sails to be taken in to
+prevent being discovered; and this being the station in which it
+was resolved to cruise for the galleons, they kept the cape
+between the south and west, and endeavoured to confine themselves
+between the latitude of 12 degrees 50 minutes and 13 degrees 5
+minutes.</p>
+
+<p>It was the last of May, by the foreign style, when they
+arrived off this cape; and the month of June, by the same style,
+being that in which the Manila ships are usually expected, the
+Centurion's people were now waiting each hour with the utmost
+impatience for the happy crisis which was to balance the account
+of all their past calamities. As from this time there was but
+small employment for the crew, the Commodore ordered them almost
+every day to be exercised in the management of the great guns and
+in the use of their small arms. This had been his practice, more
+or less, at all convenient seasons during the whole course of his
+voyage, and the advantages which he received from it in his
+engagement with the galleon were an ample recompense for all his
+care and attention. The men were taught the shortest method of
+loading with cartridges, and were constantly trained to fire at a
+mark, which was usually hung at the yard-arm, and some little
+reward was given to the most expert. The whole crew, by this
+management, were rendered extremely skilful, quick in loading,
+all of them good marksmen, and some of them most extraordinary
+ones, so that I doubt not but, in the use of small arms, they
+were more than a match for double their number who had not been
+habituated to the same kind of exercise.</p>
+
+<p>AN ILL-TIMED DISAGREEMENT.</p>
+
+<p>It was the last of May, New Style, as has been already said,
+when the Centurion arrived off Cape Espiritu Santo, and
+consequently the next day began the month in which the galleons
+were to be expected. The Commodore therefore made all necessary
+preparations for receiving them. All this time, too, he was very
+solicitous to keep at such a distance from the cape as not to be
+discovered; but it has been since learned that notwithstanding
+his care, he was seen from the land, and advice of him was sent
+to Manila, where it was at first disbelieved; but on reiterated
+intelligence (for it seems he was seen more than once) the
+merchants were alarmed, and the Governor was applied to, who
+undertook (the commerce supplying the necessary sums) to fit out
+a force consisting of two ships of 32 guns, one of 20 guns, and
+two sloops of 10 guns each, to attack the Centurion on her
+station. And some of these vessels did actually weigh with this
+view, but the principal ship not being ready, and the monsoon
+being against them, the commerce and the Government disagreed,
+and the enterprise was laid aside. This frequent discovery of the
+Centurion from the shore was somewhat extraordinary, for the
+pitch of the cape is not high, and she usually kept from ten to
+fifteen leagues distant, though once, indeed, by an indraught of
+the tide, as was supposed, they found themselves in the morning
+within seven leagues of the land. <a name="anson-34"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 34.<br>
+THE CAPTURE OF THE GALLEON.</h2>
+
+<p>As the month of June advanced, the expectancy and impatience
+of the Commodore's people each day increased, and I think no
+better idea can be given of their great eagerness on this
+occasion than by copying a few paragraphs from the journal of an
+officer who was then on board, as it will, I presume, be a more
+natural picture of the full attachment of their thoughts to the
+business of their cruise than can be given by any other means.
+The paragraphs I have selected, as they occur in order of time
+are as follows:</p>
+
+<p>May 31. Exercising our men at their quarters, in great
+expectation of meeting with the galleons very soon, this being
+the 11th of June, their style.</p>
+
+<p>June 3. Keeping in our stations and looking out for the
+galleons.</p>
+
+<p>June 5. Begin now to be in great expectations, this being the
+middle of June, their style.</p>
+
+<p>June 11. Begin to grow impatient at not seeing the
+galleons.</p>
+
+<p>June 13. The wind having blown fresh easterly for the
+forty-eight hours past, gives us great expectations of seeing the
+galleons soon.</p>
+
+<p>June 15. Cruising on and off and looking out strictly.</p>
+
+<p>June 19. This being the last day of June, New Style, the
+galleons, if they arrive at all, must appear soon.</p>
+
+<hr align="center" width="50%">
+<p>From these samples it is sufficiently evident how completely
+the treasure of the galleons had engrossed their imagination, and
+how anxiously they passed the latter part of their cruise, when
+the certainty of the arrival of these vessels was dwindled down
+to probability only, and that probability became each hour more
+and more doubtful.</p>
+
+<p>THE GALLEON SIGHTED.</p>
+
+<p>However, on the 20th of June, Old Style, being just a month
+from their arrival on their station, they were relieved from this
+state of uncertainty when, at sunrise, they discovered a sail
+from the masthead in the south-east quarter. On this a general
+joy spread through the whole ship, for they had no doubt but this
+was one of the galleons, and they expected soon to see the other.
+The Commodore instantly stood towards her, and at half an hour
+after seven they were near enough to see her from the Centurion's
+deck, at which time the galleon fired a gun and took in her
+top-gallant sails, which was supposed to be a signal to her
+consort to hasten her up; and therefore the Centurion fired a gun
+to leeward,* to amuse her. The Commodore was surprised to find
+that in all this time the galleon did not change her course, but
+continued to bear down upon him, for he hardly believed, what
+afterwards appeared to be the case, that she knew his ship to be
+the Centurion and resolved to fight him.</p>
+
+<blockquote>(*Note. Probably as a pretended signal to a consort.
+The two ships were endeavouring to deceive each
+other.)</blockquote>
+
+<p>About noon the Commodore was little more than a league distant
+from the galleon, and could fetch her wake, so that she could not
+now escape, and no second ship appearing, it was concluded that
+she had been separated from her consort. Soon after the galleon
+hauled up her foresail and brought to under topsails, with her
+head to the northward, hoisting Spanish colours and having the
+standard of Spain flying at the topgallant masthead. Mr. Anson in
+the meantime had prepared all things for an engagement on board
+the Centurion, and had taken all possible care both for the most
+effectual exertion of his small strength, and for avoiding the
+confusion and tumult too frequent in actions of this kind. He
+picked out about thirty of his choicest hands and best marksmen,
+whom he distributed into his tops, and who fully answered his
+expectation by the signal services they performed. As he had not
+hands enough remaining to quarter a sufficient number to each
+great gun in the customary manner, he therefore, on his lower
+tier, fixed only two men to each gun, who were to be solely
+employed in loading it, whilst the rest of his people were
+divided into different gangs of ten or twelve men each, who were
+constantly moving about the decks to run out and fire such guns
+as were loaded. By this management he was enabled to make use of
+all his guns, and, instead of firing broad sides with intervals
+between them, he kept up a constant fire without intermission,
+whence he doubted not to procure very signal advantages; for it
+is common with the Spaniards to fall down upon the decks when
+they see a broadside preparing and to continue in that posture
+till it is given; after which they rise again and, presuming the
+danger to be for some time over, work their guns, and fire with
+great briskness till another broadside is ready; but the firing
+gun by gun in the manner directed by the Commodore rendered this
+practice of theirs impossible.</p>
+
+<p>A GALLANT FIGHT.</p>
+
+<p>The Centurion being thus prepared, and nearing the galleon
+apace, there happened, a little after noon, several squalls of
+wind and rain, which often obscured the galleon from their sight;
+but whenever it cleared up they observed her resolutely lying to,
+and towards one o'clock the Centurion hoisted her broad pendant
+and colours, she being then within gun shot of the enemy; and the
+Commodore, observing the Spaniards to have neglected clearing
+their ship till that time, as he then saw them throwing over
+board cattle and lumber, he gave orders to fire upon them with
+the chase guns to embarrass them in their work, and prevent them
+from completing it, though his general directions had been not to
+engage till they were within pistol-shot. The galleon returned
+the fire with two of her stern-chasers, and the Centurion getting
+her sprit sail-yard fore and aft, that if necessary she might be
+ready for boarding, the Spaniards in a bravado rigged their
+spritsail-yard fore and aft likewise. Soon after the Centurion
+came abreast of the enemy within pistol-shot, keeping to the
+leeward with a view of preventing them from putting before the
+wind and gaining the port of Jalapay, from which they were about
+seven leagues distant. And now the engagement began in earnest,
+and for the first half-hour Mr. Anson overreached the galleon and
+lay on her bow, where by the great wideness of his ports he could
+traverse almost all his guns upon the enemy, whilst the galleon
+could only bring a part of hers to bear. Immediately on the
+commencement of the action the mats with which the galleon had
+stuffed her netting took fire and burned violently, blazing up
+half as high as the mizzen top. This accident (supposed to be
+caused by the Centurion's wads) threw the enemy into great
+confusion, and at the same time alarmed the Commodore, for he
+feared lest the galleon should be burned, and lest he himself too
+might suffer by her driving on board him. But the Spaniards at
+last freed themselves from the fire by cutting away the netting,
+and tumbling the whole mass which was in flames into the sea. But
+still the Centurion kept her first advantageous position, firing
+her cannon with great regularity and briskness, whilst at the
+same time the galleon's decks lay open to her topmen, who having
+at their first volley driven the Spaniards from their tops, made
+prodigious havoc with their small arms, killing or wounding every
+officer but one that ever appeared on the quarter-deck, and
+wounding in particular the General of the galleon himself; and
+though the Centurion, after the first half-hour, lost her
+original situation and was close alongside the galleon, and the
+enemy continued to fire briskly for near an hour longer, yet at
+last the Commodore's grape-shot swept their decks so effectually,
+and the number of their slain and wounded was so considerable,
+that they began to fall into great disorder, especially as the
+General, who was the life of the action, was no longer capable of
+exerting himself. Their embarrassment was visible from on board
+the Commodore, for the ships were so near that some of the
+Spanish officers were seen running about with great assiduity to
+prevent the desertion of their men from their quarters. But all
+their endeavours were in vain, for after having, as a last
+effort, fired five or six guns with more judgment than usual,
+they gave up the contest, and the galleon's colours being singed
+off the ensign staff in the beginning of the engagement, she
+struck the standard at her main top-gallant masthead, the person
+who was employed to do it having been in imminent peril of being
+killed, had not the Commodore, who perceived what he was about,
+given express orders to his people to desist from firing.</p>
+
+<p>Thus was the Centurion possessed of this rich prize, amounting
+in value to near a million and a half of dollars. She was called
+the "Nuestra Senora de Cabadonga", and was commanded by the
+General Don Jeronimo de Montero, a Portuguese by birth, and the
+most approved officer for skill and courage of any employed in
+that service. The galleon was much larger than the Centurion, and
+had five hundred and fifty men and thirty-six guns mounted for
+action, besides twenty-eight pidreroes in her gunwale, quarters,
+and tops, each of which carried a four-pound ball. She was very
+well furnished with small arms, and was particularly provided
+against boarding, both by her close quarters and by a strong
+network of 2-inch rope, which was laced over her waist and was
+defended by half-pikes. She had sixty-seven killed in the action
+and eighty-four wounded, whilst the Centurion had only two killed
+and a lieutenant and sixteen wounded, all of whom but one
+recovered; of so little consequence are the most destructive arms
+in untutored and unpractised hands.</p>
+
+<p>The treasure thus taken by the Centurion having been for at
+least eighteen months the great object of their hopes, it is
+impossible to describe the transport on board when, after all
+their reiterated disappointments, they at last saw their wishes
+accomplished. But their joy was near being suddenly damped by a
+most tremendous incident, for no sooner had the galleon struck
+than one of the lieutenants, coming to Mr. Anson to congratulate
+him on his prize, whispered him at the same time that the
+Centurion was dangerously on fire near the powder-room. The
+Commodore received this dreadful news without any apparent
+emotion, and taking care not to alarm his people, gave the
+necessary orders for extinguishing it, which was happily done in
+a short time, though its appearance at first was extremely
+terrible. It seems some cartridges had been blown up by accident
+between decks, whereby a quantity of oakum in the after hatchway
+near the after powder-room was set on fire, and the great smother
+and smoke of the oakum occasioned the apprehension of a more
+extended and mischievous fire. At the same instant, too, the
+galleon fell on board the Centurion on the starboard quarter, but
+she was cleared without doing or receiving any considerable
+damage.</p>
+
+<p>The Commodore made his first lieutenant, Mr. Suamarez, captain
+of this prize, appointing her a post-ship in His Majesty's
+service. Captain Suamarez, before night, sent on board the
+Centurion all the Spanish prisoners but such as were thought the
+most proper to be retained to assist in navigating the
+galleon.</p>
+
+<p>WHAT MIGHT HAVE BEEN.</p>
+
+<p>And now the Commodore learned from some of these prisoners
+that the other ship, which he had kept in the port of Acapulco
+the preceding year, instead of returning in company with the
+present prize, as was expected, had set sail from Acapulco alone
+much sooner than usual, and had in all probability got into the
+port of Manila long before the Centurion arrived off Cape
+Espiritu Santo, so that Mr. Anson, notwithstanding his present
+success, had great reason to regret his loss of time at Macao,
+which prevented him from taking two rich prizes instead of one.
+<a name="anson-35"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 35.<br>
+SECURING THE PRISONERS--MACAO AGAIN--AMOUNT OF THE TREASURE.</h2>
+
+<p>The Commodore, when the action was ended, resolved to make the
+best of his way with his prize for the river of Canton, being in
+the meantime fully employed in securing his prisoners, and in
+removing the treasure from on board the galleon into the
+Centurion. The last of these operations was too important to be
+postponed, for as the navigation to Canton was through seas but
+little known, and where, from the season of the year, much bad
+weather might be expected, it was of great consequence that the
+treasure should be sent on board the Centurion, which ship, by
+the presence of the Commander-in-chief, the greater number of her
+hands, and her other advantages, was doubtless much safer against
+all the casualties of winds and seas than the galleon; and the
+securing the prisoners was a matter of still more consequence, as
+not only the possession of the treasure, but the lives of the
+captors depended thereon. This was indeed an article which gave
+the Commodore much trouble and disquietude, for they were above
+double the number of his own people, and some of them, when they
+were brought on board the Centurion and had observed how
+slenderly she was manned, and the large proportion which the
+striplings bore to the rest, could not help expressing themselves
+with great indignation to be thus beaten by a handful of
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>THE SUFFERINGS OF THE PRISONERS.</p>
+
+<p>The method which was taken to hinder them from rising was by
+placing all but the officers and the wounded in the hold, where
+to give them as much air as possible, two hatchways were left
+open; but then (to avoid all danger whilst the Centurion's people
+should be employed upon the deck) there was a square partition of
+thick planks, made in the shape of a funnel, which enclosed each
+hatchway on the lower deck and reached to that directly over it
+on the upper deck. These funnels served to communicate the air to
+the hold better than could have been done without them, and at
+the same time added greatly to the security of the ship, for they
+being seven or eight feet high, it would have been extremely
+difficult for the Spaniards to have clambered up, and, still to
+augment that difficulty, four swivel-guns loaded with musket
+bullets were planted at the mouth of each funnel, and a sentinel
+with lighted match constantly attended, prepared to fire into the
+hold amongst them in case of any disturbance. Their officers, who
+amounted to seventeen or eighteen, were all lodged in the first
+lieutenant's cabin, under a constant guard of six men, and the
+General, as he was wounded, lay in the Commodore's cabin with a
+sentinel always with him, and they were all informed that any
+violence or disturbance would be punished with instant death; and
+that the Centurion's people might be at all times prepared, if
+notwithstanding these regulations any tumult should arise, the
+small arms were constantly kept loaded in a proper place, whilst
+all the men went armed with cutlasses and pistols, and no officer
+ever pulled off his clothes, and when he slept had always his
+arms lying ready by him.</p>
+
+<p>These measures were obviously necessary, considering the
+hazards to which the Commodore and his people would have been
+exposed had they been less careful. Indeed, the sufferings of the
+poor prisoners though impossible to be alleviated, were much to
+be commiserated, for the weather was extremely hot, the stench of
+the hold loathsome beyond all conception, and their allowance of
+water but just sufficient to keep them alive, it not being
+practicable to spare them more than at the rate of a pint a day
+for each, the crew themselves having only an allowance of a pint
+and a half. All this considered, it was wonderful that not a man
+of them died during their long confinement, except three of the
+wounded, who died the same night they were taken; though it must
+be confessed that the greatest part of them were strangely
+metamorphosed by the heat of the hold, for when they were first
+taken they were sightly, robust fellows, but when, after above a
+month's imprisonment, they were discharged in the river of
+Canton, they were reduced to mere skeletons, and their air and
+looks corresponded much more to the conception formed of ghosts
+and spectres than to the figure and appearance of real men.</p>
+
+<p>Thus employed in securing the treasure and the prisoners, the
+Commodore, as has been said, stood for the river of Canton, and
+on the 30th of June, at six in the evening, got sight of Cape
+Delangano, which then bore west ten leagues distant, and the next
+day he made the Bashee Islands, and the wind being so far to the
+northward that it was difficult to weather them, it was resolved
+to stand through between Grafton and Monmouth Islands, where the
+passage seemed to be clear; but in getting through the sea had a
+very dangerous aspect, for it rippled and foamed as if it had
+been full of breakers, which was still more terrible as it was
+then night. But the ships got through very safe, the prize always
+keeping ahead, and it was found that the appearance which had
+alarmed them had been occasioned only by a strong tide, and on
+the 11th of July, having taken on board two Chinese pilots, one
+for the Centurion and the other for the prize, they came to an
+anchor off the city of Macao.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the particulars of the cargo of the galleon were
+well ascertained, and it was found that she had on board
+1,313,843 pieces of eight and 35,682 ounces of virgin silver,
+besides some cochineal and a few other commodities, which,
+however, were but of small account in comparison of the specie.
+And this being the Commodore's last prize, it hence appears that
+all the treasure taken by the Centurion was not much short of
+400,000 pounds independent of the ships and merchandise which she
+either burnt or destroyed, and which by the most reasonable
+estimation could not amount to so little as 600,000 more; so that
+the whole loss of the enemy by our squadron did doubtless exceed
+a million sterling. To which, if there be added the great expense
+of the court of Spain in fitting out Pizarro, and in paying the
+additional charges in America incurred on our account, together
+with the loss of their men-of-war, the total of all these
+articles will be a most exorbitant sum, and is the strongest
+conviction of the utility of this expedition, which, with all its
+numerous disadvantages, did yet prove so extremely prejudicial to
+the enemy. <a name="anson-36"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 36.<br>
+THE CANTON RIVER--NEGOTIATING WITH THE CHINESE--PRISONERS
+RELEASED.</h2>
+
+<p>The Commodore, having taken pilots on board, proceeded with
+his prize for the river of Canton, and on the 14th of July came
+to an anchor short of the Bocca Tigris, which is a narrow passage
+forming the mouth of that river. This entrance he proposed to
+stand through the next day, and to run up as far as Tiger Island,
+which is a very safe road, secured from all winds.</p>
+
+<p>CHINESE INQUIRIES.</p>
+
+<p>But whilst the Centurion and her prize were thus at anchor, a
+boat with an officer came off from the mandarin commanding the
+forts at Bocca Tigris to examine what the ships were and whence
+they came. Mr. Anson informed the officer that his ship was a
+ship of war, belonging to the King of Great Britain, and that the
+other in company with him was a prize he had taken; that he was
+going into Canton River to shelter himself against the hurricanes
+which were then coming on; and that as soon as the monsoon
+shifted he should proceed for England. The officer then desired
+an account of what men, guns, and ammunition were on board, a
+list of all which, he said, was to be sent to the Government of
+Canton. But when these articles were repeated to him,
+particularly when he was told that there were in the Centurion
+four hundred fire locks and between three hundred and four
+hundred barrels of powder, he shrugged up his shoulders and
+seemed to be terrified with the bare recital, saying that no
+ships ever came into Canton River armed in that manner; adding
+that he durst not set down the whole of this force, lest it
+should too much alarm the Regency. After he had finished his
+enquiries, and was preparing to depart, he desired to leave the
+two custom-house officers behind him, on which the Commodore told
+him that though as a man-of-war he was prohibited from trading,
+and had nothing to do with customs or duties of any kind, yet for
+the satisfaction of the Chinese he would permit two of their
+people to be left on board, who might themselves be witnesses how
+punctually he should comply with his instructions. The officer
+seemed amazed when Mr. Anson mentioned being exempted from all
+duties, and told him that the Emperor's duty must be paid by all
+ships that came into his ports.</p>
+
+<p>On the 16th of July the Commodore sent his second lieutenant
+to Canton with a letter to the Viceroy, informing him of the
+reason of the Centurion's putting into that port, and that the
+Commodore himself soon proposed to repair to Canton to pay a
+visit to the Viceroy. The lieutenant was very civilly received,
+and was promised that an answer should be sent to the Commodore
+the next day. In the meantime Mr. Anson gave leave to several of
+the officers of the galleon to go to Canton, they engaging their
+parole to return in two days. When these prisoners got to Canton
+the Regency sent for them and examined them, enquiring
+particularly by what means they had fallen into Mr. Anson's
+power. And on this occasion the prisoners were honest enough to
+declare that as the Kings of Great Britain and Spain were at war,
+they had proposed to themselves the taking of the Centurion, and
+had bore down upon her with that view, but that the event had
+been contrary to their hopes. However, they acknowledged that
+they had been treated by the Commodore much better than they
+believed they should have treated him had he fallen into their
+hands. This confession from an enemy had great weight with the
+Chinese, who till then, though they had revered the Commodore's
+power, had yet suspected his morals, and had considered him
+rather as a lawless free booter than as one commissioned by the
+State for revenge of public injuries. But they now changed their
+opinion, and regarded him as a more important person, to which
+perhaps the vast treasure of his prize might not a little
+contribute, the acquisition of wealth being a matter greatly
+adapted to the estimation and reverence of the Chinese
+nation.</p>
+
+<p>In this examination of the Spanish prisoners, though the
+Chinese had no reason in the main to doubt the account which was
+given them, yet there were two circumstances which appeared to
+them so singular as to deserve a more ample explanation. One of
+them was the great disproportion of men between the Centurion and
+the galleon, the other was the humanity with which the people of
+the galleon were treated after they were taken. The mandarins
+therefore asked the Spaniards how they came to be overpowered by
+so inferior a force, and how it happened, since the two nations
+were at war, that they were not put to death when they came into
+the hands of the English. To the first of these enquiries the
+Spanish replied that though they had more hands than the
+Centurion, yet she, being intended solely for war, had a great
+superiority in the size of her guns, and in many other articles,
+over the galleon, which was a vessel fitted out principally for
+traffic. And as to the second question, they told the Chinese
+that amongst the nations of Europe it was not customary to put to
+death those who submitted, though they readily owned that the
+Commodore, from the natural bias of his temper, had treated both
+them and their countrymen, who had formerly been in his power,
+with very unusual courtesy, much beyond what they could have
+expected, or than was required by the customs established between
+nations at war with each other. These replies fully satisfied the
+Chinese, and at the same time wrought very powerfully in the
+Commodore's favour.</p>
+
+<p>A MESSAGE FROM THE VICEROY.</p>
+
+<p>On the 20th of July, in the morning, three mandarins, with a
+great number of boats and a vast retinue, came on board the
+Centurion and delivered to the Commodore the Viceroy of Canton's
+order for a daily supply of provisions, and for pilots to carry
+the ships up the river as far as the second bar; and at the same
+time they delivered him a message from the Viceroy in answer to
+the letter sent to Canton. The substance of the message was that
+the Viceroy desired to be excused from receiving the Commodore's
+visit during the then excessive hot weather, because the
+assembling the mandarins and soldiers necessary to that ceremony
+would prove extremely inconvenient and fatiguing; but that in
+September, when the weather would be more temperate, he should be
+glad to see both the Commodore himself and the English captain of
+the other ship that was with him. As Mr. Anson knew that an
+express had been dispatched to the court at Peking with an
+account of the Centurion and her prize being arrived in the river
+of Canton, he had no doubt but the principal motive for putting
+off this visit was that the regency at Canton might gain time to
+receive the Emperor's instructions about their behaviour on this
+unusual affair.</p>
+
+<p>When the mandarins had delivered their message they began to
+talk to the Commodore about the duties to be paid by his ships,
+but he immediately told them that he would never submit to any
+demand of that kind, adding that no duties were ever demanded of
+men-of-war by nations accustomed to their reception, and that his
+master's orders expressly forbade him from paying any
+acknowledgment for his ships anchoring in any port whatever. The
+mandarins being thus cut short on the subject of the duty, they
+said they had another matter to mention, which was the only
+remaining one they had in charge. This was a request to the
+Commodore that he would release the prisoners he had taken on
+board the galleon, for that the Viceroy of Canton apprehended the
+Emperor, his master, might be displeased if he should be informed
+that persons who were his allies, and carried on a great commerce
+with his subjects, were under confinement in his dominions. Mr.
+Anson was himself extremely desirous to get rid of the Spaniards,
+having on his first arrival sent about one hundred of them to
+Macao, and those who remained, which were near four hundred more,
+were on many accounts a great encumbrance to him. However, to
+enhance the favour, he at first raised some difficulties; but,
+permitting himself to be prevailed on, he at last told the
+mandarins that to show his readiness to oblige the Viceroy he
+would release the prisoners whenever they (the Chinese) would
+send boats to fetch them off. This matter being adjusted, the
+mandarins departed; and on the 28th of July two Chinese junks
+were sent from Canton to take on board the prisoners, and to
+carry them to Macao. And the Commodore, agreeable to his promise,
+dismissed them all, and ordered his purser to send with them
+eight days' provision for their subsistence during their sailing
+down the river. This being despatched, the Centurion and her
+prize came to her moorings above the second bar, where they
+proposed to continue till the monsoon shifted. <a name=
+"anson-37"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 37.<br>
+CHINESE TRICKERY.</h2>
+
+<p>Though the ships, in consequence of the Viceroy's permit,
+found no difficulty in purchasing provisions for their daily
+consumption, yet it was impossible for the Commodore to proceed
+to England without laying in a large quantity both of provisions
+and stores for his use during the voyage. The procuring this
+supply was attended with much embarrassment, for there were
+people at Canton who had undertaken to furnish him with biscuit
+and whatever else he wanted, and his linguist, towards the middle
+of September, had assured him from day to day that all was ready
+and would be sent on board him immediately. But a fortnight being
+elapsed, and nothing being brought, the Commodore sent to Canton
+to enquire more particularly into the reasons of this
+disappointment, and he had soon the vexation to be informed that
+the whole was an illusion; that no order had been procured from
+the Viceroy to furnish him with his sea stores, as had been
+pretended; that there was no biscuit baked, nor any one of the
+articles in readiness which had been promised him; nor did it
+appear that the contractors had taken the least step to comply
+with their agreement. This was most disagreeable news, and made
+it suspected that the furnishing the Centurion for her return to
+Great Britain might prove a more troublesome matter than had been
+hitherto imagined; especially, too, as the month of September was
+nearly elapsed without Mr. Anson's having received any message
+from the Viceroy of Canton.</p>
+
+<p>It were endless to recount all the artifices, extortions, and
+frauds, which were practised on the Commodore and his people by
+the Chinese. The method of buying all things in China being by
+weight, the tricks made use of by them to increase the weight of
+the provision they sold to the Centurion were almost incredible.
+One time, a large quantity of fowls and ducks being brought for
+the ship's use, the greatest part of them presently died. This
+alarmed the people on board with the apprehension that they had
+been killed by poison, but on examination it appeared that it was
+only owing to their being crammed with stones and gravel to
+increase their weight, the quantity thus forced into most of the
+ducks being found to amount to ten ounces in each. The hogs, too,
+which were bought ready killed of the Chinese butchers, had water
+injected into them for the same purpose, so that a carcase hung
+up all night for the water to drain from it has lost above a
+stone of its weight, and when, to avoid this cheat, the hogs were
+bought alive, it was found that the Chinese gave them salt to
+increase their thirst, and having by this means excited them to
+drink great quantities of water, they then took measures to
+prevent them from discharging it again, and sold the tortured
+animal in this inflated state. When the Commodore first put to
+sea from Macao, they practised an artifice of another kind, for
+as the Chinese never object to the eating of any food that dies
+of itself, they took care, by some secret practises, that great
+part of his live sea-store should die in a short time after it
+was put on board, hoping to make a second profit of the dead
+carcases which they expected would be thrown overboard, and
+two-thirds of the hogs dying before the Centurion was out of
+sight of land, many of the Chinese boats followed her only to
+pick up the carrion. These instances may serve as a specimen of
+the manners of this celebrated nation, which is often recommended
+to the rest of the world as a pattern of all kinds of laudable
+qualities. <a name="anson-38"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 38.<br>
+PREPARATIONS FOR A VISIT TO CANTON.</h2>
+
+<p>The Commodore, towards the end of September, having found out
+(as has been said) that those who had contracted to supply him
+with sea provisions and stores had deceived him, and that the
+Viceroy had not sent to him according to his promise, he saw it
+would be impossible for him to surmount the embarrassment he was
+under without going himself to Canton, and visiting the Viceroy.
+And therefore, on the 27th of September, he sent a message to the
+mandarin who attended the Centurion to inform him that he, the
+Commodore, intended on the 1st of October to proceed in his boat
+to Canton, adding that the day after he got there he should
+notify his arrival to the Viceroy, and should desire him to fix a
+time for his audience; to which the mandarin returned no other
+answer than that he would acquaint the Viceroy with the
+Commodore's intentions. In the meantime all things were prepared
+for this expedition, and the boat's crew in particular which Mr.
+Anson proposed to take with him, were clothed in a uniform dress
+resembling that of the watermen on the Thames. They were in
+number eighteen and a coxswain. They had scarlet jackets and blue
+silk waistcoats, the whole trimmed with silver buttons, and with
+silver badges on their jackets and caps.</p>
+
+<p>A WISE PRECAUTION.</p>
+
+<p>As it was apprehended, and even asserted, that the payment of
+the customary duties for the Centurion and her prize would be
+demanded by the Regency of Canton, and would be insisted on
+previous to the granting a permission for victualling the ship
+for her future voyage, the Commodore, who was resolved never to
+establish so dishonourable a precedent, took all possible
+precautions to prevent the Chinese from facilitating the success
+of their unreasonable pretentions by having him in their power at
+Canton. And, therefore, for the security of his ship and the
+great treasure on board her, he appointed his first lieutenant,
+Mr. Brett, to be captain of the Centurion under him, giving him
+proper instructions for his conduct, directing him particularly,
+if he, the Commodore, should be detained at Canton on account of
+the duties in dispute, to take out the men from the Centurion's
+prize and to destroy her, and then to proceed down the river
+through the Bocca Tigris with the Centurion alone, and to remain
+without that entrance till he received further orders from Mr.
+Anson.</p>
+
+<p>These necessary steps being taken, which were not unknown to
+the Chinese, it should seem as if their deliberations were in
+some sort embarrassed thereby. It is reasonable to imagine that
+they were in general very desirous of getting the duties to be
+paid them, not perhaps solely in consideration of the amount of
+those dues, but to keep up their reputation for address and
+subtlety, and to avoid the imputation of receding from claims on
+which they had already so frequently insisted. However, as they
+now foresaw that they had no other method of succeeding than by
+violence, and that even against this the Commodore was prepared,
+they were at last disposed, I conceive, to let the affair drop,
+rather than entangle themselves in a hostile measure which they
+found would only expose them to the risk of having the whole
+navigation of their port destroyed, without any certain prospect
+of gaining their favourite point thereby. <a name=
+"anson-39"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 39.<br>
+STORES AND PROVISIONS--A FIRE IN CANTON--SAILORS AS FIREMEN--THE
+VICEROY'S GRATITUDE.</h2>
+
+<p>BARGAINING.</p>
+
+<p>When the Commodore arrived at Canton he was visited by the
+principal Chinese merchants, who affected to appear very much
+pleased that he had met with no obstruction in getting thither.
+They added that, as soon as the Viceroy should be informed that
+Mr. Anson was at Canton, they were persuaded a day would be
+immediately appointed for the visit, which was the principal
+business that had brought the Commodore thither.</p>
+
+<p>The next day the merchants returned to Mr. Anson, and told him
+that the Viceroy was then so fully employed in preparing his
+despatches for Pekin, that there was no getting admittance to him
+for some days; but that they had engaged one of the officers of
+his court to give them information as soon as he should be at
+leisure when they proposed to notify Mr. Anson's arrival, and to
+endeavour to fix the day of audience. The Commodore was by this
+time too well acquainted with their artifices not to perceive
+that this was a falsehood, and had he consulted only his own
+judgment he would have applied directly to the Viceroy by other
+hands. But the Chinese merchants had so far prepossessed the
+supercargoes of our ships with chimerical fears, that they were
+extremely apprehensive of being embroiled with the government and
+of suffering in their interest, if those measures were taken
+which appeared to Mr. Anson at that time to be the most
+prudential; and therefore, lest the malice and double-dealing of
+the Chinese might have given rise to some sinister incident which
+would be afterwards laid at his door, he resolved to continue
+passive as long as it should appear that he lost no time by thus
+suspending his own opinion. With this view he promised not to
+take any immediate step himself for getting admittance to the
+Viceroy, provided the Chinese with whom he contracted for
+provisions would let him see that his bread was baked, his meat
+salted, and his stores prepared with the utmost despatch. But if,
+by the time when all was in readiness to be shipped off (which it
+was supposed would be in about forty days), the merchants should
+not have procured the Viceroy's permission, then the Commodore
+proposed to apply for it himself. These were the terms Mr. Anson
+thought proper to offer to quiet the uneasiness of the
+supercargoes; and notwithstanding the apparent equity of the
+conditions, many difficulties and objections were urged, nor
+would the Chinese agree to them till the Commodore had consented
+to pay for every article he bespoke before it was put in hand.
+However, at last the contract being passed, it was some
+satisfaction to the Commodore to be certain that his preparations
+were now going on, and being himself on the spot, he took care to
+hasten them as much as possible.</p>
+
+<p>During this interval, in which the stores and provisions were
+getting ready, the merchants continually entertained Mr. Anson
+with accounts of their various endeavours to get a licence from
+the Viceroy, and their frequent disappointments, which to him was
+now a matter of amusement, as he was fully satisfied there was
+not one word of truth in anything they said. But when all was
+completed, and wanted only to be shipped, which was about the
+24th of November, at which time, too, the north-east monsoon was
+set in, he then resolved to apply himself to the Viceroy to
+demand an audience, as he was persuaded that without this
+ceremony the procuring a permission to send his stores on board
+would meet with great difficulty. On the 24th of November,
+therefore, Mr. Anson sent one of his officers to the mandarin who
+commanded the guard of the principal gate of the city of Canton
+with a letter directed to the Viceroy. When this letter was
+delivered to the mandarin, he received the officer who brought it
+very civilly, and took down the contents of it in Chinese, and
+promised that the Viceroy should be immediately acquainted with
+it, but told the officer it was not necessary for him to wait for
+an answer, because a message would be sent to the Commodore
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>A FIRE AT CANTON.</p>
+
+<p>Two days after the sending the above-mentioned letter a fire
+broke out in the suburbs of Canton. On the first alarm Mr. Anson
+went thither with his officers and his boat's crew to assist the
+Chinese. When he came there he found that it had begun in a
+sailor's shed, and that by the slightness of the buildings and
+the awkwardness of the Chinese it was getting head apace. But he
+perceived that by pulling down some of the adjacent sheds it
+might easily be extinguished; and particularly observing that it
+was running along a wooden cornice which would soon communicate
+it to a great distance, he ordered his people to begin with
+tearing away that cornice. This was presently attempted, and
+would have been soon executed, but in the meantime he was told
+that, as there was no mandarin there to direct what was to be
+done, the Chinese would make him (the Commodore) answerable for
+whatever should be pulled down by his orders. On this his people
+desisted, and he sent them to the English factory to assist in
+securing the Company's treasure and effects, as it was easy to
+foresee that no distance was a protection against the rage of
+such a fire, where so little was done to put a stop to it; for
+all this time the Chinese contented themselves with viewing it
+and now and then holding one of their idols near it, which they
+seemed to expect should check its progress. However, at last a
+mandarin came out of the city, attended by four or five hundred
+firemen. These made some feeble efforts to pull down the
+neighbouring houses, but by this time the fire had greatly
+extended itself, and was got amongst the merchants' warehouses,
+and the Chinese firemen, wanting both skill and spirit, were
+incapable of checking its violence, so that its fury increased
+upon them, and it was feared the whole city would be destroyed.
+In this general confusion the Viceroy himself came thither, and
+the Commodore was sent to and was entreated to afford his
+assistance, being told that he might take any measures he should
+think most prudent in the present emergency. And now he went
+thither a second time, carrying with him about forty of his
+people, who upon this occasion exerted themselves in such a
+manner as in that country was altogether without example. For
+they were rather animated than deterred by the flames and falling
+buildings amongst which they wrought, so that it was not uncommon
+to see the most forward of them tumble to the ground on the roofs
+and amidst the ruins of houses which their own efforts brought
+down with them. By their boldness and activity the fire was soon
+extinguished, to the amazement of the Chinese, and the building
+being all on one floor, and the materials slight, the seamen,
+notwithstanding their daring behaviour, happily escaped with no
+other injuries than some considerable bruises. The fire, though
+at last thus luckily extinguished, did great mischief during the
+time it continued, for it consumed an hundred shops and eleven
+streets full of warehouses, so that the damage amounted to an
+immense sum. It raged, indeed, with unusual violence, for in many
+of the warehouses there were large quantities of camphor, which
+greatly added to its fury, and produced a column of exceeding
+white flame, which shot up into the air to such a prodigious
+height that the flame itself was plainly seen on board the
+Centurion, though she was thirty miles distant.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst the Commodore and his people were labouring at the
+fire, and the terror of its becoming general still possessed the
+whole city, several of the most considerable Chinese merchants
+came to Mr. Anson to desire that he would let each of them have
+one of his soldiers (for such they styled his boat's crew from
+the uniformity of their dress) to guard their warehouses and
+dwelling-houses, which, from the known dishonesty of the
+populace, they feared would be pillaged in the tumult. Mr. Anson
+granted them this request, and all the men that he thus furnished
+to the Chinese behaved greatly to the satisfaction of their
+employers, who afterwards highly applauded their great diligence
+and fidelity. By this means the resolution of the English at the
+fire, and their trustiness and punctuality elsewhere, was the
+subject of general conversation amongst the Chinese, and the next
+morning many of the principal inhabitants waited on the Commodore
+to thank him for his assistance, frankly owning to him that they
+could never have extinguished the fire of themselves, and that he
+had saved their city from being totally consumed. And soon after
+a message came to the Commodore from the Viceroy, appointing the
+30th of November for his audience, which sudden resolution of the
+Viceroy, in a matter that had been so long agitated in vain, was
+also owing to the signal services performed by Mr. Anson and his
+people at the fire, of which the Viceroy himself had been in some
+measure an eye-witness. The fixing this business of the audience
+was, on all accounts, a circumstance which Mr. Anson was much
+pleased with, as he was satisfied that the Chinese Government
+would not have determined this point without having agreed among
+themselves to give up their pretensions to the duties they
+claimed, and to grant him all he could reasonably ask; for, as
+they well knew the Commodore's sentiments, it would have been a
+piece of imprudence not consistent with the refined cunning of
+the Chinese to have admitted him to an audience only to have
+contested with him. <a name="anson-40"></a></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER 40.<br>
+ANSON RECEIVED BY THE VICEROY--CENTURION SETS SAIL--TABLE
+BAY--SPITHEAD.</h2>
+
+<p>THE VICEROY.</p>
+
+<p>At ten o'clock in the morning, on the day appointed, a
+mandarin came to the Commodore to let him know that the Viceroy
+was ready to receive him, on which the Commodore and his retinue
+immediately set out. And as soon as he entered the outer gate of
+the city, he found a guard of two hundred soldiers drawn up ready
+to attend him; these conducted him to the great parade before the
+Emperor's palace, where the Viceroy then resided. In this parade
+a body of troops, to the number of ten thousand, were drawn up
+under arms, and made a very fine appearance, being all of them
+new clothed for this ceremony, and Mr. Anson and his retinue
+having passed through the middle of them, he was then conducted
+to the great hall of audience, where he found the Viceroy seated
+under a rich canopy in the Emperor's chair of state, with all his
+Council of Mandarins attending. Here there was a vacant seat
+prepared for the Commodore, in which he was placed on his
+arrival. He was ranked the third in order from the Viceroy, there
+being above him only the head of the law and of the treasury, who
+in the Chinese Government take place of all military officers.
+When the Commodore was seated he addressed himself to the Viceroy
+by his interpreter, and began with reciting the various methods
+he had formerly taken to get an audience, adding that he imputed
+the delays he had met with to the insincerity of those he had
+employed, and that he had therefore no other means left than to
+send, as he had done, his own officer with a letter to the gate.
+On the mention of this the Viceroy stopped the interpreter, and
+bid him assure Mr. Anson that the first knowledge they had of his
+being at Canton was from the letter. Mr. Anson then proceeded,
+acquainting the Viceroy that the proper season was now set in for
+returning to Europe, and that he waited only for a license to
+ship off his provisions and stores, which were all ready, and
+that, as soon as this should be granted to him, and he should
+have got his necessaries on board, he intended to leave the river
+of Canton and to make the best of his way to England. The Viceroy
+replied to this that the license should be immediately issued,
+and that everything should be ordered on board the following day.
+The Viceroy continued the conversation for some time,
+acknowledging in very civil terms how much the Chinese were
+obliged to him for his signal services at the fire, and owning
+that he had saved the city from being destroyed; and then,
+observing that the Centurion had been a good while on their
+coast, he closed his discourse by wishing the Commodore a good
+voyage to Europe. After which, the Commodore thanking him for his
+civility and assistance, took his leave.</p>
+
+<p>Thus the Commodore, to his great joy, at last finished this
+troublesome affair, which for the preceding four months had given
+him great disquietude. Indeed, he was highly pleased with
+procuring a licence for the shipping his stores and provisions;
+for thereby he was enabled to return to Great Britain with the
+first of the monsoon, and to prevent all intelligence of his
+being expected. But this, though a very important point, was not
+the circumstance which gave him the greatest satisfaction, for he
+was more particularly attentive to the authentic precedent
+established on this occasion, by which His Majesty's ships of war
+are for the future exempted from all demands of duty in any of
+the ports of China.</p>
+
+<p>HOMEWARD BOUND.</p>
+
+<p>In pursuance of the promises of the Viceroy, the provisions
+were begun to be sent on board the day after the audience, and
+four days after the Commodore embarked at Canton for the
+Centurion, and on the 7th of December the Centurion and her prize
+unmoored and stood down the river, passing through the Bocca
+Tigris on the 10th. And on this occasion I must observe that the
+Chinese had taken care to man the two forts on each side of that
+passage with as many men as they could well contain, the greatest
+part of them armed with pikes and matchlock muskets. These
+garrisons affected to show themselves as much as possible to the
+ships, and were doubtless intended to induce Mr. Anson to think
+more reverently than he had hitherto done of the Chinese military
+power. For this purpose they were equipped with much parade,
+having a great number of colours exposed to view, and on the
+castle in particular there were laid considerable heaps of large
+stones, and a soldier of unusual size, dressed in very sightly
+armour, stalked about on the parapet with a battleaxe in his hand
+endeavouring to put on as important and martial an air as
+possible, though some of the observers on board the Centurion
+shrewdly suspected, from the appearance of his armour, that
+instead of steel, it was composed only of a particular kind of
+glittering paper.</p>
+
+<p>The Commodore, on the 12th of December, anchored before the
+town of Macao. Whilst the ships lay here the merchants of Macao
+finished their agreement for the galleon, for which they had
+offered 6,000 dollars; this was much short of her value, but the
+impatience of the Commodore to get to sea, to which the merchants
+were no strangers, prompted them to insist on so unequal a
+bargain. Mr. Anson had learnt enough from the English at Canton
+to conjecture that the war betwixt Great Britain and Spain was
+still continued, and that probably the French might engage in the
+assistance of Spain before he could arrive in Great Britain; and
+therefore, knowing that no intelligence could get to Europe of
+the prize he had taken, and the treasure he had on board, till
+the return of the merchantmen from Canton, he was resolved to
+make all possible expedition in getting back, that he might be
+himself the first messenger of his own good fortune, and might
+thereby prevent the enemy from forming any projects to intercept
+him. For these reasons he, to avoid all delay, accepted the sum
+offered for the galleon, and she being delivered to the
+merchants, the 15th of December 1743, the Centurion the same day
+got under sail on her return to England. And on the 3rd of
+January she came to an anchor at Prince's Island, in the Straits
+of Sunda, and continued there wooding and watering till the 8th,
+when she weighed and stood for the Cape of Good Hope, where on
+the 11th of March she anchored in Table Bay.</p>
+
+<p>Here the Commodore continued till the beginning of April,
+highly delighted with the place, which by its extraordinary
+accommodations, the healthiness of its air, and the picturesque
+appearance of the country, all enlivened by the addition of a
+civilised colony, was not disgraced in an imaginary comparison
+with the valleys of Juan Fernandez and the lawns of Tinian.
+During his stay he entered about forty new men, and having by the
+3rd of April, 1744, completed his water and provision, he on that
+day weighed and put to sea. The 19th of the same month they saw
+the island of St. Helena, which, however, they did not touch at,
+but stood on their way; and on the 10th of June, being then in
+soundings, they spoke with an English ship from Amsterdam bound
+for Philadelphia, whence they received the first intelligence of
+a French war. The 12th they got sight of the Lizard, and the
+15th, in the evening, to their infinite joy, they came safe to an
+anchor at Spithead. But that the signal perils which had so often
+threatened them in the preceding part of the enterprise might
+pursue them to the very last, Mr. Anson learned on his arrival
+that there was a French fleet of considerable force cruising in
+the chops of the Channel, which, by the account of their
+position, he found the Centurion had run through and had been all
+the time concealed by a fog. Thus was this expedition finished,
+when it had lasted three years and nine months, after having, by
+its event, strongly evinced this important truth: That though
+prudence, intrepidity, and perseverance united are not exempted
+from the blows of adverse fortune, yet in a long series of
+transactions they usually rise superior to its power, and in the
+end rarely fail of proving successful. <a name=
+"anson-glossary"></a></p>
+
+<h2>GLOSSARY</h2>
+
+<p>Anchors:</p>
+
+<p>Bower anchors (the best bower and the small bower). The
+anchors carried at the bows of a vessel.</p>
+
+<p>The sheet anchor (= shoot anchor). An anchor to be shot out or
+lowered in case of a great danger, carried abaft the forerigging;
+formerly the largest anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Bag-wig. See Wig.</p>
+
+<p>Barge. See Boats.</p>
+
+<p>Bilging. To bilge = to be stove in, or suffer serious injury
+in the bilge, which is the bottom part of a ship's hull.</p>
+
+<p>Boats:</p>
+
+<p>Barge. The second boat of a man-of-war; a long narrow boat,
+generally with not less than ten oars, for the use of the chief
+officers.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter. A boat belonging to a ship of war, shorter and in
+proportion broader than the barge or pinnace, fitted for rowing
+and sailing, and used for carrying light stores, passengers,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>Longboat. The principal boat of the old man-of-war. Now
+replaced by steam launches.</p>
+
+<p>Pinnace. A boat for the accommodation of the inferior officers
+of a man-of-war, resembling the barge.</p>
+
+<p>Yawl. A small boat used for much the same purposes as the
+cutter.</p>
+
+<p>Bow-chasers. See Chasers.</p>
+
+<p>Bower. See Anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Bring to. To bring a vessel's head up to the wind so that the
+wind blows from bow to stern.</p>
+
+<p>Broad pennant. See Commodore.</p>
+
+<p>Cacao. Chocolate nuts.</p>
+
+<p>Cackle. To cover a cable spirally with old three-inch rope to
+protect it from chafing.</p>
+
+<p>Callous (of a broken bone). The new bony tissue formed between
+and around the fractured ends of a broken bone in the process of
+reuniting.</p>
+
+<p>Careening is the operation of heaving down a ship on one side,
+in order to expose the other side for cleaning.</p>
+
+<p>Cartel. A written agreement between belligerents for an
+exchange of prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>Caulk. To make a ship's seams watertight by plugging the
+crevices with oakum (i.e. old untwisted rope).</p>
+
+<p>Chasers. Bow-chasers were two long chase-guns placed forward
+in the bow ports to fire directly ahead. Stern-chasers were
+similar guns mounted astern.</p>
+
+<p>Clean. A clean ship is one whose bottom is free from barnacles
+and weed that check the pace.</p>
+
+<p>Clearing for action. To get ready for battle by clearing the
+decks from encumbrances and anything unnecessary or dangerous,
+such as wooden partitions between cabins, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Cochineal. A dye stuff consisting of female cochineal insects
+killed and dried by heat. They yield a brilliant scarlet dye.</p>
+
+<p>Cohorn mortars. See Mortar.</p>
+
+<p>The commerce. Used several times in the sense of "the
+traders."</p>
+
+<p>Commodore. A naval officer ranking above a captain and below a
+rear-admiral. In the British Navy the rank is a temporary one,
+given to senior officers in command of detached squadrons. The
+broad pennant (chapter 4) is the flag that marks the presence of
+a commodore on board.</p>
+
+<p>Courses. The sails below the topsails and next to the
+deck.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter. See Boats.</p>
+
+<p>Dollar. A corruption of the German "thaler," a name for a
+silver coin worth about four shillings. The name was extended in
+the form "dollar" to other coins of similar size, notably the old
+Spanish "piece of eight." See Pieces of eight.</p>
+
+<p>Doubloon. A former Spanish gold coin worth about eight
+dollars.</p>
+
+<p>Eight. See Pieces of.</p>
+
+<p>Embargo. A temporary order from Government to prevent the
+arrival or departure of ships.</p>
+
+<p>Fetch (the wake of). To reach the track left by a ship.</p>
+
+<p>File (of musketeers). Latin filum, French file = a row. The
+word is used to signify any line of men standing directly behind
+one another. In ordinary two-deep formations a file consists of
+two men, one in the front rank and one in the rear rank.</p>
+
+<p>Fishing (a mast). To strengthen or mend a mast by fastening
+strips of wood or iron along a weak or broken place.</p>
+
+<p>Foot-rope. A rope stretched under a yard arm for sailors to
+stand on while reefing or furling sails.</p>
+
+<p>Fore-cap. The cap is a stout block joining the bottom of one
+mast to the top of another; as where the foretopmast joins the
+foremast.</p>
+
+<p>Foremast, foretopmast, etc. See Mast.</p>
+
+<p>Fore-reach. To gain upon or pass; to beat in sailing.</p>
+
+<p>Foreyard. The lowest yard on the foremast of a square-rigged
+vessel.</p>
+
+<p>Grapnel. A boat's anchor having more than two flukes. Come to
+grapnel, cf. Come to anchor.</p>
+
+<p>Half-galleys. A galley is a low, flat-built sea-going vessel
+with one deck, propelled by sails and oars. A half-galley is a
+similar vessel, but much shorter.</p>
+
+<p>Half-pike. See Pike.</p>
+
+<p>Hand (the sails). To furl.</p>
+
+<p>Hawser. A large rope or small cable.</p>
+
+<p>Indulgences. The remission by authorised priests of the
+punishment due to sin. The sale of indulgences was one of the
+abuses that provoked the Reformation.</p>
+
+<p>Jerk. To cure meat, especially beef, by cutting it into long
+thin slices and drying it in the sun.</p>
+
+<p>Jury-mast. A small temporary mast often made of a yard; set up
+instead of a mast that is broken down.</p>
+
+<p>Larboard (or port). The left side of a ship looking towards
+the bow.</p>
+
+<p>Lay to (lie to). To reduce sail to the lowest limits, so as to
+become nearly stationary.</p>
+
+<p>Lee. The side or direction opposite to that from which the
+wind comes.</p>
+
+<p>Line, ship of the. A ship of sufficient size and armament to
+take a place in the line of battle.</p>
+
+<p>Linguist. Interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>Longboat. See Boats.</p>
+
+<p>Lumber. Sawn timber.</p>
+
+<p>Masts: The masts of a full-rigged three-masted ship are the
+following: Fore-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast.
+Main-mast, topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast. Mizzen-mast,
+topmast, topgallant-mast, royal mast.</p>
+
+<p>Monsoon. See Winds.</p>
+
+<p>Mortar. A kind of gun with a very short bore. It throws its
+projectile at a great elevation.</p>
+
+<p>Mortar, Cohorn (see chapter 7). Cohorn was a famous Dutch
+engineer and artillerist in the service of William III.</p>
+
+<p>Nailed up. Spiked. To spike a gun is to render it useless for
+the time by inserting into the vent a steel pin with side
+springs, which when inserted open outwards to the shape of an
+arrowhead so that it cannot be released.</p>
+
+<p>Offing: 1. The most distant part of the sea visible from the
+shore. 2. A still greater distance, sufficient to avoid the
+dangers of shipwreck, as "a good offing."</p>
+
+<p>Overreach. To pass.</p>
+
+<p>Parallel, i.e. of latitude or longitude as the case may
+be.</p>
+
+<p>Pennant, Broad. See Commodore.</p>
+
+<p>Pidreroes. Light Spanish cannon.</p>
+
+<p>Pieces of eight. Old Spanish coins worth about four shillings
+each. The piece of eight was divided into eight silver reals.
+Hence the name which was applied to it in the Spanish Main. It
+was also frequently called a dollar.</p>
+
+<p>Pike. A long shaft or pole, having an iron or steel point,
+used in medieval warfare, now replaced by the bayonet. A
+half-pike was a similar weapon having a staff about half the
+length.</p>
+
+<p>Pink. An obsolete name for a small sailing ship.</p>
+
+<p>Pinnace. See Boats.</p>
+
+<p>Port (or larboard). The left side of a ship looking towards
+the bow.</p>
+
+<p>Post-captain. An obsolete title for a captain of three years'
+standing.</p>
+
+<p>Proa. A small Malay vessel.</p>
+
+<p>Quarter. The upper part of a vessel's side from abaft the main
+mast to the stern.</p>
+
+<p>Quarter gallery. A gallery is a balcony built outside the body
+of a ship: at the stern (stern gallery) or at the quarters
+(quarter gallery).</p>
+
+<p>Reef. A portion of a sail that can be drawn close
+together.</p>
+
+<p>Rosaries. Strings of beads used by Roman Catholics in praying.
+Each bead told (or counted) represents a prayer.</p>
+
+<p>Scuttle. To make a hole in the bottom of a ship in order to
+sink it.</p>
+
+<p>Serons (of dollars). A seron or seroon is a kind of small
+trunk made in Spanish America out of a piece of raw bullock's
+hide.</p>
+
+<p>Service (of a cable). The part next the anchor secured by
+cordage wrapped round it.</p>
+
+<p>Ship of the line. See Line.</p>
+
+<p>Shrouds. The stout ropes that are stretched from a masthead of
+a vessel to the sides or to the rims of a top, serving as a means
+of ascent and as a lateral strengthening stays to the masts.</p>
+
+<p>Sling. A rope or chain by which a lower yard is suspended.</p>
+
+<p>Sprit-sail. A quadrangular sail stretched from the mast by the
+help, not of a gaff along its top, but of a sprit (or yard)
+extending from the mast diagonally to the upper aftmost corner of
+the sail, as in the case of a London barge.</p>
+
+<p>Sprit-sail yard. Another name for the sprit.</p>
+
+<p>Standing rigging. The parts of a vessel's rigging that are
+practically permanent.</p>
+
+<p>Starboard. The right side of a ship looking towards the
+bow.</p>
+
+<p>Stern-chasers. See Chasers.</p>
+
+<p>Streaks (or strakes). Lines of planking.</p>
+
+<p>Supercargo. A person employed by the owners of a ship to go a
+voyage and to oversee the cargo.</p>
+
+<p>Tacks ("got our tacks on board," chapter 17). Ropes for
+hauling down and fastening the corners of certain sails.</p>
+
+<p>Taffrail. The upper part of the stern of a ship.</p>
+
+<p>Tie-wig. See Wig.</p>
+
+<p>Tradewind. See Winds.</p>
+
+<p>Transom. A beam across the stern-post to strengthen the after
+part of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>Traverse. To turn guns to the right or left in aiming.</p>
+
+<p>Wake. The track left by a ship.</p>
+
+<p>Warp. To move a vessel into another position by hauling upon a
+hawser attached usually to the heads of piles or posts of a
+wharf.</p>
+
+<p>Wear (a ship). To bring a ship about by putting the helm up.
+The vessel is first run off before the wind and then brought to
+on the new tack.</p>
+
+<p>Weather: 1. The windward side. 2. To go to windward of.</p>
+
+<p>Wig. A bag-wig is a wig with a bag to hold the back hair. It
+was fashionable in the seventeenth century. A tie-wig is a court
+wig tied with ribbon at the bag.</p>
+
+<p>Winds. The tradewinds are winds which blow all the year
+through on the open ocean in and near the torrid zone. In the
+northern hemisphere they blow from the north-east, in the
+southern from the south-east. The regularity of the tradewind is
+interfered with by the neighbourhood of large land masses. Their
+temperature varies much more with the change of seasons than that
+of the ocean; and this variation produces a change in the
+direction of the tradewind in the hot season, corresponding
+distantly to a phenomenon which may be observed, daily instead of
+half-yearly, on the English coast in hot summer weather, when a
+sea breeze blows during the day and a land breeze at night. In
+the northern hemisphere the monsoon--as this periodic wind is
+called--blows from the south-west (i.e. towards the heated
+continent of South Asia) from April to October, and from the
+north-east, as the ordinary trade wind, during the rest of the
+year.</p>
+
+<p>Works, upper. The sides of a vessel's hull from the water-line
+to the covering board.</p>
+
+<p>THE END</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Anson's Voyage Round the World, by Richard Walter
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ANSON'S VOYAGE ROUND THE WORLD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 16611-h.htm or 16611-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/6/1/16611/
+
+Produced by Amy Zelmer and Sue Asscher
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/16611-h/images/anson-01.jpg b/16611-h/images/anson-01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45ac75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16611-h/images/anson-01.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/16611-h/images/anson-02.jpg b/16611-h/images/anson-02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e270691
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16611-h/images/anson-02.jpg
Binary files differ